blob: 5b6d16ed58a049a33133aec08a7e7c076df677f2 [file] [log] [blame]
Peter Maydell3c95fde2020-03-06 17:17:44 +00001HXCOMM Use DEFHEADING() to define headings in both help text and rST.
2HXCOMM Text between SRST and ERST is copied to the rST version and
3HXCOMM discarded from C version.
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004HXCOMM DEF(option, HAS_ARG/0, opt_enum, opt_help, arch_mask) is used to
5HXCOMM construct option structures, enums and help message for specified
6HXCOMM architectures.
Peter Maydell3c95fde2020-03-06 17:17:44 +00007HXCOMM HXCOMM can be used for comments, discarded from both rST and C.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00008
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02009DEFHEADING(Standard options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +000010
11DEF("help", 0, QEMU_OPTION_h,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +000012 "-h or -help display this help and exit\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000013SRST
14``-h``
15 Display help and exit
16ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +000017
pbrook9bd7e6d2009-04-07 22:58:45 +000018DEF("version", 0, QEMU_OPTION_version,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +000019 "-version display version information and exit\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000020SRST
21``-version``
22 Display version information and exit
23ERST
pbrook9bd7e6d2009-04-07 22:58:45 +000024
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020025DEF("machine", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_machine, \
26 "-machine [type=]name[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
Peter Maydell585f6032012-10-04 16:22:01 +010027 " selects emulated machine ('-machine help' for list)\n"
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020028 " property accel=accel1[:accel2[:...]] selects accelerator\n"
Philippe Mathieu-Daudéb91b0fc2023-06-24 00:52:29 +020029 " supported accelerators are kvm, xen, hvf, nvmm, whpx or tcg (default: tcg)\n"
Don Slutzd1048be2014-11-21 11:18:52 -050030 " vmport=on|off|auto controls emulation of vmport (default: auto)\n"
Luiz Capitulino8490fc72012-09-05 16:50:16 -030031 " dump-guest-core=on|off include guest memory in a core dump (default=on)\n"
Le Tana52a7fd2014-08-16 13:55:40 +080032 " mem-merge=on|off controls memory merge support (default: on)\n"
Tony Krowiak2eb1cd02015-03-12 13:53:51 +010033 " aes-key-wrap=on|off controls support for AES key wrapping (default=on)\n"
Alexander Graf9850c602015-02-23 13:56:42 +010034 " dea-key-wrap=on|off controls support for DEA key wrapping (default=on)\n"
Xiao Guangrong87252e12015-12-02 15:20:58 +080035 " suppress-vmdesc=on|off disables self-describing migration (default=off)\n"
Greg Kurz902c0532016-02-18 12:32:25 +010036 " nvdimm=on|off controls NVDIMM support (default=off)\n"
Tao Xu244b3f42019-12-13 09:19:22 +080037 " memory-encryption=@var{} memory encryption object to use (default=none)\n"
Igor Mammedov8db0b202021-01-21 11:15:04 -050038 " hmat=on|off controls ACPI HMAT support (default=off)\n"
Jonathan Cameron03b39fc2022-06-08 15:54:33 +010039 " memory-backend='backend-id' specifies explicitly provided backend for main RAM (default=none)\n"
Cédric Le Goater57702892022-11-07 17:13:48 +010040 " cxl-fmw.0.targets.0=firsttarget,cxl-fmw.0.targets.1=secondtarget,cxl-fmw.0.size=size[,cxl-fmw.0.interleave-granularity=granularity]\n",
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020041 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000042SRST
43``-machine [type=]name[,prop=value[,...]]``
44 Select the emulated machine by name. Use ``-machine help`` to list
45 available machines.
46
47 For architectures which aim to support live migration compatibility
48 across releases, each release will introduce a new versioned machine
49 type. For example, the 2.8.0 release introduced machine types
50 "pc-i440fx-2.8" and "pc-q35-2.8" for the x86\_64/i686 architectures.
51
52 To allow live migration of guests from QEMU version 2.8.0, to QEMU
53 version 2.9.0, the 2.9.0 version must support the "pc-i440fx-2.8"
54 and "pc-q35-2.8" machines too. To allow users live migrating VMs to
55 skip multiple intermediate releases when upgrading, new releases of
56 QEMU will support machine types from many previous versions.
57
58 Supported machine properties are:
59
60 ``accel=accels1[:accels2[:...]]``
61 This is used to enable an accelerator. Depending on the target
Philippe Mathieu-Daudéb91b0fc2023-06-24 00:52:29 +020062 architecture, kvm, xen, hvf, nvmm, whpx or tcg can be available.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000063 By default, tcg is used. If there is more than one accelerator
64 specified, the next one is used if the previous one fails to
65 initialize.
66
67 ``vmport=on|off|auto``
68 Enables emulation of VMWare IO port, for vmmouse etc. auto says
69 to select the value based on accel. For accel=xen the default is
70 off otherwise the default is on.
71
72 ``dump-guest-core=on|off``
73 Include guest memory in a core dump. The default is on.
74
75 ``mem-merge=on|off``
76 Enables or disables memory merge support. This feature, when
77 supported by the host, de-duplicates identical memory pages
78 among VMs instances (enabled by default).
79
80 ``aes-key-wrap=on|off``
81 Enables or disables AES key wrapping support on s390-ccw hosts.
82 This feature controls whether AES wrapping keys will be created
83 to allow execution of AES cryptographic functions. The default
84 is on.
85
86 ``dea-key-wrap=on|off``
87 Enables or disables DEA key wrapping support on s390-ccw hosts.
88 This feature controls whether DEA wrapping keys will be created
89 to allow execution of DEA cryptographic functions. The default
90 is on.
91
92 ``nvdimm=on|off``
93 Enables or disables NVDIMM support. The default is off.
94
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000095 ``memory-encryption=``
96 Memory encryption object to use. The default is none.
97
98 ``hmat=on|off``
99 Enables or disables ACPI Heterogeneous Memory Attribute Table
100 (HMAT) support. The default is off.
Igor Mammedov8db0b202021-01-21 11:15:04 -0500101
Peter Maydell95355822021-07-19 11:52:57 +0100102 ``memory-backend='id'``
Igor Mammedov8db0b202021-01-21 11:15:04 -0500103 An alternative to legacy ``-mem-path`` and ``mem-prealloc`` options.
104 Allows to use a memory backend as main RAM.
105
106 For example:
107 ::
Peter Maydell95355822021-07-19 11:52:57 +0100108
109 -object memory-backend-file,id=pc.ram,size=512M,mem-path=/hugetlbfs,prealloc=on,share=on
110 -machine memory-backend=pc.ram
111 -m 512M
Igor Mammedov8db0b202021-01-21 11:15:04 -0500112
113 Migration compatibility note:
Peter Maydell95355822021-07-19 11:52:57 +0100114
115 * as backend id one shall use value of 'default-ram-id', advertised by
116 machine type (available via ``query-machines`` QMP command), if migration
117 to/from old QEMU (<5.0) is expected.
118 * for machine types 4.0 and older, user shall
119 use ``x-use-canonical-path-for-ramblock-id=off`` backend option
120 if migration to/from old QEMU (<5.0) is expected.
121
Igor Mammedov8db0b202021-01-21 11:15:04 -0500122 For example:
123 ::
Peter Maydell95355822021-07-19 11:52:57 +0100124
125 -object memory-backend-ram,id=pc.ram,size=512M,x-use-canonical-path-for-ramblock-id=off
126 -machine memory-backend=pc.ram
127 -m 512M
Jonathan Cameron03b39fc2022-06-08 15:54:33 +0100128
129 ``cxl-fmw.0.targets.0=firsttarget,cxl-fmw.0.targets.1=secondtarget,cxl-fmw.0.size=size[,cxl-fmw.0.interleave-granularity=granularity]``
130 Define a CXL Fixed Memory Window (CFMW).
131
132 Described in the CXL 2.0 ECN: CEDT CFMWS & QTG _DSM.
133
134 They are regions of Host Physical Addresses (HPA) on a system which
135 may be interleaved across one or more CXL host bridges. The system
136 software will assign particular devices into these windows and
137 configure the downstream Host-managed Device Memory (HDM) decoders
138 in root ports, switch ports and devices appropriately to meet the
139 interleave requirements before enabling the memory devices.
140
141 ``targets.X=target`` provides the mapping to CXL host bridges
Stefan Weil2cb40d42022-11-10 20:08:25 +0100142 which may be identified by the id provided in the -device entry.
Jonathan Cameron03b39fc2022-06-08 15:54:33 +0100143 Multiple entries are needed to specify all the targets when
144 the fixed memory window represents interleaved memory. X is the
145 target index from 0.
146
147 ``size=size`` sets the size of the CFMW. This must be a multiple of
148 256MiB. The region will be aligned to 256MiB but the location is
149 platform and configuration dependent.
150
151 ``interleave-granularity=granularity`` sets the granularity of
152 interleave. Default 256KiB. Only 256KiB, 512KiB, 1024KiB, 2048KiB
153 4096KiB, 8192KiB and 16384KiB granularities supported.
154
155 Example:
156
157 ::
158
159 -machine cxl-fmw.0.targets.0=cxl.0,cxl-fmw.0.targets.1=cxl.1,cxl-fmw.0.size=128G,cxl-fmw.0.interleave-granularity=512k
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000160ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000161
Sean Christophersondfce81f2021-09-28 10:40:58 +0200162DEF("M", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_M,
Yang Zhong11058122021-11-01 12:20:05 -0400163 " sgx-epc.0.memdev=memid,sgx-epc.0.node=numaid\n",
Sean Christophersondfce81f2021-09-28 10:40:58 +0200164 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
165
166SRST
Yang Zhong11058122021-11-01 12:20:05 -0400167``sgx-epc.0.memdev=@var{memid},sgx-epc.0.node=@var{numaid}``
Sean Christophersondfce81f2021-09-28 10:40:58 +0200168 Define an SGX EPC section.
169ERST
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +0200170
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000171DEF("cpu", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_cpu,
Peter Maydell585f6032012-10-04 16:22:01 +0100172 "-cpu cpu select CPU ('-cpu help' for list)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000173SRST
174``-cpu model``
175 Select CPU model (``-cpu help`` for list and additional feature
176 selection)
177ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000178
KONRAD Frederic8d4e9142017-02-23 18:29:08 +0000179DEF("accel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_accel,
Paolo Bonzinife174132019-11-13 15:16:44 +0100180 "-accel [accel=]accelerator[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
Philippe Mathieu-Daudéb91b0fc2023-06-24 00:52:29 +0200181 " select accelerator (kvm, xen, hvf, nvmm, whpx or tcg; use 'help' for a list)\n"
Paolo Bonzini46472d82019-11-13 10:56:53 +0100182 " igd-passthru=on|off (enable Xen integrated Intel graphics passthrough, default=off)\n"
Paolo Bonzini11bc4a12019-11-13 10:56:53 +0100183 " kernel-irqchip=on|off|split controls accelerated irqchip support (default=on)\n"
Paolo Bonzini23b08982019-11-13 10:56:53 +0100184 " kvm-shadow-mem=size of KVM shadow MMU in bytes\n"
Peter Maydell3cfb0452023-04-17 17:40:32 +0100185 " one-insn-per-tb=on|off (one guest instruction per TCG translation block)\n"
Richard Hendersona35b3e12020-10-28 20:50:29 -0700186 " split-wx=on|off (enable TCG split w^x mapping)\n"
Paolo Bonzinife174132019-11-13 15:16:44 +0100187 " tb-size=n (TCG translation block cache size)\n"
Peter Xu2ea5cb02021-05-06 12:05:47 -0400188 " dirty-ring-size=n (KVM dirty ring GFN count, default 0)\n"
Shameer Kolothumc8f2eb52023-09-05 10:12:46 +0100189 " eager-split-size=n (KVM Eager Page Split chunk size, default 0, disabled. ARM only)\n"
Chenyi Qiange2e69f62022-09-29 15:20:14 +0800190 " notify-vmexit=run|internal-error|disable,notify-window=n (enable notify VM exit and set notify window, x86 only)\n"
Eduardo Habkost0b3c5c82018-06-11 16:56:07 -0300191 " thread=single|multi (enable multi-threaded TCG)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000192SRST
193``-accel name[,prop=value[,...]]``
194 This is used to enable an accelerator. Depending on the target
Philippe Mathieu-Daudéb91b0fc2023-06-24 00:52:29 +0200195 architecture, kvm, xen, hvf, nvmm, whpx or tcg can be available. By
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000196 default, tcg is used. If there is more than one accelerator
197 specified, the next one is used if the previous one fails to
198 initialize.
199
200 ``igd-passthru=on|off``
201 When Xen is in use, this option controls whether Intel
202 integrated graphics devices can be passed through to the guest
203 (default=off)
204
205 ``kernel-irqchip=on|off|split``
206 Controls KVM in-kernel irqchip support. The default is full
207 acceleration of the interrupt controllers. On x86, split irqchip
208 reduces the kernel attack surface, at a performance cost for
209 non-MSI interrupts. Disabling the in-kernel irqchip completely
210 is not recommended except for debugging purposes.
211
212 ``kvm-shadow-mem=size``
213 Defines the size of the KVM shadow MMU.
214
Peter Maydell3cfb0452023-04-17 17:40:32 +0100215 ``one-insn-per-tb=on|off``
216 Makes the TCG accelerator put only one guest instruction into
217 each translation block. This slows down emulation a lot, but
218 can be useful in some situations, such as when trying to analyse
219 the logs produced by the ``-d`` option.
220
Richard Hendersona35b3e12020-10-28 20:50:29 -0700221 ``split-wx=on|off``
222 Controls the use of split w^x mapping for the TCG code generation
223 buffer. Some operating systems require this to be enabled, and in
224 such a case this will default on. On other operating systems, this
225 will default off, but one may enable this for testing or debugging.
226
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000227 ``tb-size=n``
228 Controls the size (in MiB) of the TCG translation block cache.
229
230 ``thread=single|multi``
231 Controls number of TCG threads. When the TCG is multi-threaded
Michael Tokarevcba42d62021-03-09 14:15:10 +0300232 there will be one thread per vCPU therefore taking advantage of
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000233 additional host cores. The default is to enable multi-threading
234 where both the back-end and front-ends support it and no
235 incompatible TCG features have been enabled (e.g.
236 icount/replay).
Peter Xu2ea5cb02021-05-06 12:05:47 -0400237
238 ``dirty-ring-size=n``
239 When the KVM accelerator is used, it controls the size of the per-vCPU
240 dirty page ring buffer (number of entries for each vCPU). It should
241 be a value that is power of two, and it should be 1024 or bigger (but
242 still less than the maximum value that the kernel supports). 4096
243 could be a good initial value if you have no idea which is the best.
244 Set this value to 0 to disable the feature. By default, this feature
245 is disabled (dirty-ring-size=0). When enabled, KVM will instead
246 record dirty pages in a bitmap.
247
Shameer Kolothumc8f2eb52023-09-05 10:12:46 +0100248 ``eager-split-size=n``
249 KVM implements dirty page logging at the PAGE_SIZE granularity and
250 enabling dirty-logging on a huge-page requires breaking it into
251 PAGE_SIZE pages in the first place. KVM on ARM does this splitting
252 lazily by default. There are performance benefits in doing huge-page
253 split eagerly, especially in situations where TLBI costs associated
254 with break-before-make sequences are considerable and also if guest
255 workloads are read intensive. The size here specifies how many pages
256 to break at a time and needs to be a valid block size which is
257 1GB/2MB/4KB, 32MB/16KB and 512MB/64KB for 4KB/16KB/64KB PAGE_SIZE
258 respectively. Be wary of specifying a higher size as it will have an
259 impact on the memory. By default, this feature is disabled
260 (eager-split-size=0).
261
Chenyi Qiange2e69f62022-09-29 15:20:14 +0800262 ``notify-vmexit=run|internal-error|disable,notify-window=n``
263 Enables or disables notify VM exit support on x86 host and specify
264 the corresponding notify window to trigger the VM exit if enabled.
265 ``run`` option enables the feature. It does nothing and continue
266 if the exit happens. ``internal-error`` option enables the feature.
267 It raises a internal error. ``disable`` option doesn't enable the feature.
268 This feature can mitigate the CPU stuck issue due to event windows don't
269 open up for a specified of time (i.e. notify-window).
270 Default: notify-vmexit=run,notify-window=0.
271
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000272ERST
KONRAD Frederic8d4e9142017-02-23 18:29:08 +0000273
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000274DEF("smp", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_smp,
Pierre Morel5de1aff2023-10-16 20:39:06 +0200275 "-smp [[cpus=]n][,maxcpus=maxcpus][,drawers=drawers][,books=books][,sockets=sockets]\n"
276 " [,dies=dies][,clusters=clusters][,cores=cores][,threads=threads]\n"
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800277 " set the number of initial CPUs to 'n' [default=1]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangéce8ee7c2021-06-22 15:30:43 +0100278 " maxcpus= maximum number of total CPUs, including\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -0700279 " offline CPUs for hotplug, etc\n"
Pierre Morel5de1aff2023-10-16 20:39:06 +0200280 " drawers= number of drawers on the machine board\n"
281 " books= number of books in one drawer\n"
282 " sockets= number of sockets in one book\n"
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800283 " dies= number of dies in one socket\n"
Yanan Wang864c3b52021-12-28 17:22:09 +0800284 " clusters= number of clusters in one die\n"
285 " cores= number of cores in one cluster\n"
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800286 " threads= number of threads in one core\n"
287 "Note: Different machines may have different subsets of the CPU topology\n"
288 " parameters supported, so the actual meaning of the supported parameters\n"
289 " will vary accordingly. For example, for a machine type that supports a\n"
290 " three-level CPU hierarchy of sockets/cores/threads, the parameters will\n"
291 " sequentially mean as below:\n"
292 " sockets means the number of sockets on the machine board\n"
293 " cores means the number of cores in one socket\n"
294 " threads means the number of threads in one core\n"
295 " For a particular machine type board, an expected CPU topology hierarchy\n"
296 " can be defined through the supported sub-option. Unsupported parameters\n"
297 " can also be provided in addition to the sub-option, but their values\n"
298 " must be set as 1 in the purpose of correct parsing.\n",
299 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000300SRST
Yanan Wang864c3b52021-12-28 17:22:09 +0800301``-smp [[cpus=]n][,maxcpus=maxcpus][,sockets=sockets][,dies=dies][,clusters=clusters][,cores=cores][,threads=threads]``
Daniel P. Berrangé80d78352021-06-22 16:17:09 +0100302 Simulate a SMP system with '\ ``n``\ ' CPUs initially present on
303 the machine type board. On boards supporting CPU hotplug, the optional
304 '\ ``maxcpus``\ ' parameter can be set to enable further CPUs to be
Yanan Wang7d8c5a32021-09-29 10:58:05 +0800305 added at runtime. When both parameters are omitted, the maximum number
306 of CPUs will be calculated from the provided topology members and the
307 initial CPU count will match the maximum number. When only one of them
308 is given then the omitted one will be set to its counterpart's value.
309 Both parameters may be specified, but the maximum number of CPUs must
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800310 be equal to or greater than the initial CPU count. Product of the
311 CPU topology hierarchy must be equal to the maximum number of CPUs.
312 Both parameters are subject to an upper limit that is determined by
313 the specific machine type chosen.
Daniel P. Berrangé80d78352021-06-22 16:17:09 +0100314
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800315 To control reporting of CPU topology information, values of the topology
316 parameters can be specified. Machines may only support a subset of the
317 parameters and different machines may have different subsets supported
318 which vary depending on capacity of the corresponding CPU targets. So
319 for a particular machine type board, an expected topology hierarchy can
320 be defined through the supported sub-option. Unsupported parameters can
321 also be provided in addition to the sub-option, but their values must be
322 set as 1 in the purpose of correct parsing.
Daniel P. Berrangé80d78352021-06-22 16:17:09 +0100323
324 Either the initial CPU count, or at least one of the topology parameters
Yanan Wangc2511b12021-09-29 10:58:02 +0800325 must be specified. The specified parameters must be greater than zero,
326 explicit configuration like "cpus=0" is not allowed. Values for any
327 omitted parameters will be computed from those which are given.
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800328
329 For example, the following sub-option defines a CPU topology hierarchy
330 (2 sockets totally on the machine, 2 cores per socket, 2 threads per
331 core) for a machine that only supports sockets/cores/threads.
332 Some members of the option can be omitted but their values will be
333 automatically computed:
334
335 ::
336
337 -smp 8,sockets=2,cores=2,threads=2,maxcpus=8
338
339 The following sub-option defines a CPU topology hierarchy (2 sockets
340 totally on the machine, 2 dies per socket, 2 cores per die, 2 threads
341 per core) for PC machines which support sockets/dies/cores/threads.
342 Some members of the option can be omitted but their values will be
343 automatically computed:
344
345 ::
346
347 -smp 16,sockets=2,dies=2,cores=2,threads=2,maxcpus=16
348
Yanan Wangd55c3162022-01-07 16:32:27 +0800349 The following sub-option defines a CPU topology hierarchy (2 sockets
350 totally on the machine, 2 clusters per socket, 2 cores per cluster,
351 2 threads per core) for ARM virt machines which support sockets/clusters
352 /cores/threads. Some members of the option can be omitted but their values
353 will be automatically computed:
354
355 ::
356
357 -smp 16,sockets=2,clusters=2,cores=2,threads=2,maxcpus=16
358
Yanan Wangc2511b12021-09-29 10:58:02 +0800359 Historically preference was given to the coarsest topology parameters
360 when computing missing values (ie sockets preferred over cores, which
361 were preferred over threads), however, this behaviour is considered
Yanan Wang4a0af292021-09-29 10:58:09 +0800362 liable to change. Prior to 6.2 the preference was sockets over cores
363 over threads. Since 6.2 the preference is cores over sockets over threads.
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800364
365 For example, the following option defines a machine board with 2 sockets
366 of 1 core before 6.2 and 1 socket of 2 cores after 6.2:
367
368 ::
369
370 -smp 2
Yicong Yang97f4eff2022-12-29 14:55:09 +0800371
372 Note: The cluster topology will only be generated in ACPI and exposed
373 to guest if it's explicitly specified in -smp.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000374ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000375
aliguori268a3622009-04-21 22:30:27 +0000376DEF("numa", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_numa,
Tao Xu244b3f42019-12-13 09:19:22 +0800377 "-numa node[,mem=size][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=node]\n"
378 "-numa node[,memdev=id][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=node]\n"
Igor Mammedov2d19c652017-11-28 15:53:58 +0100379 "-numa dist,src=source,dst=destination,val=distance\n"
Liu Jingqi9b12dfa2019-12-13 09:19:23 +0800380 "-numa cpu,node-id=node[,socket-id=x][,core-id=y][,thread-id=z]\n"
Liu Jingqic412a482019-12-13 09:19:24 +0800381 "-numa hmat-lb,initiator=node,target=node,hierarchy=memory|first-level|second-level|third-level,data-type=access-latency|read-latency|write-latency[,latency=lat][,bandwidth=bw]\n"
382 "-numa hmat-cache,node-id=node,size=size,level=level[,associativity=none|direct|complex][,policy=none|write-back|write-through][,line=size]\n",
Igor Mammedov2d19c652017-11-28 15:53:58 +0100383 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000384SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000385``-numa node[,mem=size][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=initiator]``
386 \
387``-numa node[,memdev=id][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=initiator]``
388 \
389``-numa dist,src=source,dst=destination,val=distance``
390 \
391``-numa cpu,node-id=node[,socket-id=x][,core-id=y][,thread-id=z]``
392 \
Stefan Weil2cb40d42022-11-10 20:08:25 +0100393``-numa hmat-lb,initiator=node,target=node,hierarchy=hierarchy,data-type=type[,latency=lat][,bandwidth=bw]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000394 \
395``-numa hmat-cache,node-id=node,size=size,level=level[,associativity=str][,policy=str][,line=size]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000396 Define a NUMA node and assign RAM and VCPUs to it. Set the NUMA
397 distance from a source node to a destination node. Set the ACPI
398 Heterogeneous Memory Attributes for the given nodes.
399
400 Legacy VCPU assignment uses '\ ``cpus``\ ' option where firstcpu and
401 lastcpu are CPU indexes. Each '\ ``cpus``\ ' option represent a
402 contiguous range of CPU indexes (or a single VCPU if lastcpu is
403 omitted). A non-contiguous set of VCPUs can be represented by
404 providing multiple '\ ``cpus``\ ' options. If '\ ``cpus``\ ' is
405 omitted on all nodes, VCPUs are automatically split between them.
406
407 For example, the following option assigns VCPUs 0, 1, 2 and 5 to a
408 NUMA node:
409
410 ::
411
412 -numa node,cpus=0-2,cpus=5
413
414 '\ ``cpu``\ ' option is a new alternative to '\ ``cpus``\ ' option
415 which uses '\ ``socket-id|core-id|thread-id``\ ' properties to
416 assign CPU objects to a node using topology layout properties of
417 CPU. The set of properties is machine specific, and depends on used
418 machine type/'\ ``smp``\ ' options. It could be queried with
419 '\ ``hotpluggable-cpus``\ ' monitor command. '\ ``node-id``\ '
420 property specifies node to which CPU object will be assigned, it's
421 required for node to be declared with '\ ``node``\ ' option before
422 it's used with '\ ``cpu``\ ' option.
423
424 For example:
425
426 ::
427
428 -M pc \
429 -smp 1,sockets=2,maxcpus=2 \
430 -numa node,nodeid=0 -numa node,nodeid=1 \
431 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=0 -numa cpu,node-id=1,socket-id=1
432
Yohei Kojima4f513982023-04-24 10:22:45 +0100433 '\ ``memdev``\ ' option assigns RAM from a given memory backend
434 device to a node. It is recommended to use '\ ``memdev``\ ' option
435 over legacy '\ ``mem``\ ' option. This is because '\ ``memdev``\ '
436 option provides better performance and more control over the
437 backend's RAM (e.g. '\ ``prealloc``\ ' parameter of
438 '\ ``-memory-backend-ram``\ ' allows memory preallocation).
Igor Mammedov32a354d2020-06-09 09:56:35 -0400439
Yohei Kojima4f513982023-04-24 10:22:45 +0100440 For compatibility reasons, legacy '\ ``mem``\ ' option is
441 supported in 5.0 and older machine types. Note that '\ ``mem``\ '
442 and '\ ``memdev``\ ' are mutually exclusive. If one node uses
443 '\ ``memdev``\ ', the rest nodes have to use '\ ``memdev``\ '
444 option, and vice versa.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000445
Yohei Kojima4f513982023-04-24 10:22:45 +0100446 Users must specify memory for all NUMA nodes by '\ ``memdev``\ '
447 (or legacy '\ ``mem``\ ' if available). In QEMU 5.2, the support
448 for '\ ``-numa node``\ ' without memory specified was removed.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000449
450 '\ ``initiator``\ ' is an additional option that points to an
451 initiator NUMA node that has best performance (the lowest latency or
452 largest bandwidth) to this NUMA node. Note that this option can be
453 set only when the machine property 'hmat' is set to 'on'.
454
455 Following example creates a machine with 2 NUMA nodes, node 0 has
456 CPU. node 1 has only memory, and its initiator is node 0. Note that
457 because node 0 has CPU, by default the initiator of node 0 is itself
458 and must be itself.
459
460 ::
461
462 -machine hmat=on \
463 -m 2G,slots=2,maxmem=4G \
464 -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m0 \
465 -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m1 \
466 -numa node,nodeid=0,memdev=m0 \
467 -numa node,nodeid=1,memdev=m1,initiator=0 \
468 -smp 2,sockets=2,maxcpus=2 \
469 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=0 \
470 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=1
471
472 source and destination are NUMA node IDs. distance is the NUMA
473 distance from source to destination. The distance from a node to
474 itself is always 10. If any pair of nodes is given a distance, then
475 all pairs must be given distances. Although, when distances are only
476 given in one direction for each pair of nodes, then the distances in
477 the opposite directions are assumed to be the same. If, however, an
478 asymmetrical pair of distances is given for even one node pair, then
479 all node pairs must be provided distance values for both directions,
480 even when they are symmetrical. When a node is unreachable from
481 another node, set the pair's distance to 255.
482
483 Note that the -``numa`` option doesn't allocate any of the specified
484 resources, it just assigns existing resources to NUMA nodes. This
485 means that one still has to use the ``-m``, ``-smp`` options to
486 allocate RAM and VCPUs respectively.
487
488 Use '\ ``hmat-lb``\ ' to set System Locality Latency and Bandwidth
489 Information between initiator and target NUMA nodes in ACPI
490 Heterogeneous Attribute Memory Table (HMAT). Initiator NUMA node can
491 create memory requests, usually it has one or more processors.
492 Target NUMA node contains addressable memory.
493
494 In '\ ``hmat-lb``\ ' option, node are NUMA node IDs. hierarchy is
495 the memory hierarchy of the target NUMA node: if hierarchy is
496 'memory', the structure represents the memory performance; if
497 hierarchy is 'first-level\|second-level\|third-level', this
498 structure represents aggregated performance of memory side caches
499 for each domain. type of 'data-type' is type of data represented by
500 this structure instance: if 'hierarchy' is 'memory', 'data-type' is
501 'access\|read\|write' latency or 'access\|read\|write' bandwidth of
502 the target memory; if 'hierarchy' is
503 'first-level\|second-level\|third-level', 'data-type' is
504 'access\|read\|write' hit latency or 'access\|read\|write' hit
505 bandwidth of the target memory side cache.
506
507 lat is latency value in nanoseconds. bw is bandwidth value, the
508 possible value and units are NUM[M\|G\|T], mean that the bandwidth
509 value are NUM byte per second (or MB/s, GB/s or TB/s depending on
510 used suffix). Note that if latency or bandwidth value is 0, means
511 the corresponding latency or bandwidth information is not provided.
512
513 In '\ ``hmat-cache``\ ' option, node-id is the NUMA-id of the memory
514 belongs. size is the size of memory side cache in bytes. level is
515 the cache level described in this structure, note that the cache
516 level 0 should not be used with '\ ``hmat-cache``\ ' option.
517 associativity is the cache associativity, the possible value is
518 'none/direct(direct-mapped)/complex(complex cache indexing)'. policy
519 is the write policy. line is the cache Line size in bytes.
520
521 For example, the following options describe 2 NUMA nodes. Node 0 has
522 2 cpus and a ram, node 1 has only a ram. The processors in node 0
523 access memory in node 0 with access-latency 5 nanoseconds,
524 access-bandwidth is 200 MB/s; The processors in NUMA node 0 access
525 memory in NUMA node 1 with access-latency 10 nanoseconds,
526 access-bandwidth is 100 MB/s. And for memory side cache information,
527 NUMA node 0 and 1 both have 1 level memory cache, size is 10KB,
528 policy is write-back, the cache Line size is 8 bytes:
529
530 ::
531
532 -machine hmat=on \
533 -m 2G \
534 -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m0 \
535 -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m1 \
Yanan Wang848dd262021-09-28 20:11:34 +0800536 -smp 2,sockets=2,maxcpus=2 \
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000537 -numa node,nodeid=0,memdev=m0 \
538 -numa node,nodeid=1,memdev=m1,initiator=0 \
539 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=0 \
540 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=1 \
541 -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=0,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-latency,latency=5 \
542 -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=0,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-bandwidth,bandwidth=200M \
543 -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=1,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-latency,latency=10 \
544 -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=1,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-bandwidth,bandwidth=100M \
545 -numa hmat-cache,node-id=0,size=10K,level=1,associativity=direct,policy=write-back,line=8 \
546 -numa hmat-cache,node-id=1,size=10K,level=1,associativity=direct,policy=write-back,line=8
547ERST
aliguori268a3622009-04-21 22:30:27 +0000548
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100549DEF("add-fd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_add_fd,
550 "-add-fd fd=fd,set=set[,opaque=opaque]\n"
551 " Add 'fd' to fd 'set'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000552SRST
553``-add-fd fd=fd,set=set[,opaque=opaque]``
554 Add a file descriptor to an fd set. Valid options are:
555
556 ``fd=fd``
557 This option defines the file descriptor of which a duplicate is
558 added to fd set. The file descriptor cannot be stdin, stdout, or
559 stderr.
560
561 ``set=set``
562 This option defines the ID of the fd set to add the file
563 descriptor to.
564
565 ``opaque=opaque``
566 This option defines a free-form string that can be used to
567 describe fd.
568
569 You can open an image using pre-opened file descriptors from an fd
570 set:
571
572 .. parsed-literal::
573
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +0200574 |qemu_system| \\
575 -add-fd fd=3,set=2,opaque="rdwr:/path/to/file" \\
576 -add-fd fd=4,set=2,opaque="rdonly:/path/to/file" \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000577 -drive file=/dev/fdset/2,index=0,media=disk
578ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100579
580DEF("set", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_set,
581 "-set group.id.arg=value\n"
582 " set <arg> parameter for item <id> of type <group>\n"
583 " i.e. -set drive.$id.file=/path/to/image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000584SRST
585``-set group.id.arg=value``
586 Set parameter arg for item id of type group
587ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100588
589DEF("global", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_global,
Paolo Bonzini3751d7c2015-04-09 14:16:19 +0200590 "-global driver.property=value\n"
591 "-global driver=driver,property=property,value=value\n"
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100592 " set a global default for a driver property\n",
593 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000594SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000595``-global driver.prop=value``
596 \
597``-global driver=driver,property=property,value=value``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000598 Set default value of driver's property prop to value, e.g.:
599
600 .. parsed-literal::
601
602 |qemu_system_x86| -global ide-hd.physical_block_size=4096 disk-image.img
603
604 In particular, you can use this to set driver properties for devices
605 which are created automatically by the machine model. To create a
606 device which is not created automatically and set properties on it,
607 use -``device``.
608
609 -global driver.prop=value is shorthand for -global
610 driver=driver,property=prop,value=value. The longhand syntax works
611 even when driver contains a dot.
612ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100613
614DEF("boot", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_boot,
615 "-boot [order=drives][,once=drives][,menu=on|off]\n"
Amos Kongc8a6ae82013-03-19 14:23:27 +0800616 " [,splash=sp_name][,splash-time=sp_time][,reboot-timeout=rb_time][,strict=on|off]\n"
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100617 " 'drives': floppy (a), hard disk (c), CD-ROM (d), network (n)\n"
618 " 'sp_name': the file's name that would be passed to bios as logo picture, if menu=on\n"
619 " 'sp_time': the period that splash picture last if menu=on, unit is ms\n"
620 " 'rb_timeout': the timeout before guest reboot when boot failed, unit is ms\n",
621 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000622SRST
623``-boot [order=drives][,once=drives][,menu=on|off][,splash=sp_name][,splash-time=sp_time][,reboot-timeout=rb_timeout][,strict=on|off]``
624 Specify boot order drives as a string of drive letters. Valid drive
625 letters depend on the target architecture. The x86 PC uses: a, b
626 (floppy 1 and 2), c (first hard disk), d (first CD-ROM), n-p
627 (Etherboot from network adapter 1-4), hard disk boot is the default.
628 To apply a particular boot order only on the first startup, specify
629 it via ``once``. Note that the ``order`` or ``once`` parameter
630 should not be used together with the ``bootindex`` property of
631 devices, since the firmware implementations normally do not support
632 both at the same time.
633
634 Interactive boot menus/prompts can be enabled via ``menu=on`` as far
635 as firmware/BIOS supports them. The default is non-interactive boot.
636
637 A splash picture could be passed to bios, enabling user to show it
638 as logo, when option splash=sp\_name is given and menu=on, If
639 firmware/BIOS supports them. Currently Seabios for X86 system
640 support it. limitation: The splash file could be a jpeg file or a
641 BMP file in 24 BPP format(true color). The resolution should be
642 supported by the SVGA mode, so the recommended is 320x240, 640x480,
643 800x640.
644
645 A timeout could be passed to bios, guest will pause for rb\_timeout
646 ms when boot failed, then reboot. If rb\_timeout is '-1', guest will
647 not reboot, qemu passes '-1' to bios by default. Currently Seabios
648 for X86 system support it.
649
650 Do strict boot via ``strict=on`` as far as firmware/BIOS supports
651 it. This only effects when boot priority is changed by bootindex
652 options. The default is non-strict boot.
653
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000654 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000655
656 # try to boot from network first, then from hard disk
657 |qemu_system_x86| -boot order=nc
658 # boot from CD-ROM first, switch back to default order after reboot
659 |qemu_system_x86| -boot once=d
660 # boot with a splash picture for 5 seconds.
661 |qemu_system_x86| -boot menu=on,splash=/root/boot.bmp,splash-time=5000
662
663 Note: The legacy format '-boot drives' is still supported but its
664 use is discouraged as it may be removed from future versions.
665ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100666
667DEF("m", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_m,
Michael Tokarev89f3ea22016-11-10 17:51:32 +0300668 "-m [size=]megs[,slots=n,maxmem=size]\n"
Igor Mammedov6e1d3c12013-11-27 01:27:35 +0100669 " configure guest RAM\n"
Alexander Graf0daba1f2015-06-05 11:05:03 +0200670 " size: initial amount of guest memory\n"
Igor Mammedovc270fb92014-06-02 15:25:02 +0200671 " slots: number of hotplug slots (default: none)\n"
Matthew Rosatob6fe0122014-08-28 11:25:33 -0400672 " maxmem: maximum amount of guest memory (default: none)\n"
Thomas Hutha635bcf2023-07-03 09:56:46 +0200673 " Note: Some architectures might enforce a specific granularity\n",
Igor Mammedov6e1d3c12013-11-27 01:27:35 +0100674 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000675SRST
676``-m [size=]megs[,slots=n,maxmem=size]``
677 Sets guest startup RAM size to megs megabytes. Default is 128 MiB.
678 Optionally, a suffix of "M" or "G" can be used to signify a value in
679 megabytes or gigabytes respectively. Optional pair slots, maxmem
680 could be used to set amount of hotpluggable memory slots and maximum
681 amount of memory. Note that maxmem must be aligned to the page size.
682
683 For example, the following command-line sets the guest startup RAM
684 size to 1GB, creates 3 slots to hotplug additional memory and sets
685 the maximum memory the guest can reach to 4GB:
686
687 .. parsed-literal::
688
689 |qemu_system| -m 1G,slots=3,maxmem=4G
690
691 If slots and maxmem are not specified, memory hotplug won't be
692 enabled and the guest startup RAM will never increase.
693ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100694
695DEF("mem-path", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mempath,
696 "-mem-path FILE provide backing storage for guest RAM\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000697SRST
698``-mem-path path``
699 Allocate guest RAM from a temporarily created file in path.
700ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100701
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100702DEF("mem-prealloc", 0, QEMU_OPTION_mem_prealloc,
703 "-mem-prealloc preallocate guest memory (use with -mem-path)\n",
704 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000705SRST
706``-mem-prealloc``
707 Preallocate memory when using -mem-path.
708ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100709
710DEF("k", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_k,
711 "-k language use keyboard layout (for example 'fr' for French)\n",
712 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000713SRST
714``-k language``
715 Use keyboard layout language (for example ``fr`` for French). This
716 option is only needed where it is not easy to get raw PC keycodes
717 (e.g. on Macs, with some X11 servers or with a VNC or curses
718 display). You don't normally need to use it on PC/Linux or
719 PC/Windows hosts.
720
721 The available layouts are:
722
723 ::
724
725 ar de-ch es fo fr-ca hu ja mk no pt-br sv
726 da en-gb et fr fr-ch is lt nl pl ru th
727 de en-us fi fr-be hr it lv nl-be pt sl tr
728
729 The default is ``en-us``.
730ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100731
732
Paolo Bonzini039a6832022-04-27 12:27:46 +0200733DEF("audio", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_audio,
Paolo Bonzini1ebdbff2023-09-21 10:23:58 +0200734 "-audio [driver=]driver[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
735 " specifies default audio backend when `audiodev` is not\n"
736 " used to create a machine or sound device;"
737 " options are the same as for -audiodev\n"
Paolo Bonzini039a6832022-04-27 12:27:46 +0200738 "-audio [driver=]driver,model=value[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
739 " specifies the audio backend and device to use;\n"
740 " apart from 'model', options are the same as for -audiodev.\n"
741 " use '-audio model=help' to show possible devices.\n",
742 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
743SRST
Paolo Bonzini1ebdbff2023-09-21 10:23:58 +0200744``-audio [driver=]driver[,model=value][,prop[=value][,...]]``
745 If the ``model`` option is specified, ``-audio`` is a shortcut
746 for configuring both the guest audio hardware and the host audio
747 backend in one go. The guest hardware model can be set with
748 ``model=modelname``. Use ``model=help`` to list the available
749 device types.
Paolo Bonzini039a6832022-04-27 12:27:46 +0200750
751 The following two example do exactly the same, to show how ``-audio``
752 can be used to shorten the command line length:
753
754 .. parsed-literal::
755
756 |qemu_system| -audiodev pa,id=pa -device sb16,audiodev=pa
757 |qemu_system| -audio pa,model=sb16
Paolo Bonzini1ebdbff2023-09-21 10:23:58 +0200758
759 If the ``model`` option is not specified, ``-audio`` is used to
760 configure a default audio backend that will be used whenever the
761 ``audiodev`` property is not set on a device or machine. In
762 particular, ``-audio none`` ensures that no audio is produced even
763 for machines that have embedded sound hardware.
764
765 In both cases, the driver option is the same as with the corresponding
766 ``-audiodev`` option below. Use ``driver=help`` to list the available
767 drivers.
768
Paolo Bonzini039a6832022-04-27 12:27:46 +0200769ERST
770
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100771DEF("audiodev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_audiodev,
772 "-audiodev [driver=]driver,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
773 " specifies the audio backend to use\n"
Claudio Fontana5e03b6d2022-09-08 10:14:41 +0200774 " Use ``-audiodev help`` to list the available drivers\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100775 " id= identifier of the backend\n"
776 " timer-period= timer period in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltán8efac072019-10-13 21:57:58 +0200777 " in|out.mixing-engine= use mixing engine to mix streams inside QEMU\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100778 " in|out.fixed-settings= use fixed settings for host audio\n"
779 " in|out.frequency= frequency to use with fixed settings\n"
780 " in|out.channels= number of channels to use with fixed settings\n"
781 " in|out.format= sample format to use with fixed settings\n"
Volker Rümelin49f77e62020-03-08 20:33:21 +0100782 " valid values: s8, s16, s32, u8, u16, u32, f32\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100783 " in|out.voices= number of voices to use\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi86247252019-09-18 10:53:33 +0100784 " in|out.buffer-length= length of buffer in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100785 "-audiodev none,id=id,[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
786 " dummy driver that discards all output\n"
787#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_ALSA
788 "-audiodev alsa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
789 " in|out.dev= name of the audio device to use\n"
Stefan Hajnoczidfc54342019-09-18 10:53:35 +0100790 " in|out.period-length= length of period in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100791 " in|out.try-poll= attempt to use poll mode\n"
792 " threshold= threshold (in microseconds) when playback starts\n"
793#endif
794#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_COREAUDIO
795 "-audiodev coreaudio,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
796 " in|out.buffer-count= number of buffers\n"
797#endif
798#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_DSOUND
799 "-audiodev dsound,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
800 " latency= add extra latency to playback in microseconds\n"
801#endif
802#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_OSS
803 "-audiodev oss,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
804 " in|out.dev= path of the audio device to use\n"
805 " in|out.buffer-count= number of buffers\n"
806 " in|out.try-poll= attempt to use poll mode\n"
807 " try-mmap= try using memory mapped access\n"
808 " exclusive= open device in exclusive mode\n"
809 " dsp-policy= set timing policy (0..10), -1 to use fragment mode\n"
810#endif
811#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_PA
812 "-audiodev pa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
813 " server= PulseAudio server address\n"
814 " in|out.name= source/sink device name\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi14d4f012019-10-04 13:56:41 +0100815 " in|out.latency= desired latency in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100816#endif
Dorinda Basseyc2d3d1c2023-04-17 12:56:54 +0200817#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_PIPEWIRE
818 "-audiodev pipewire,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
819 " in|out.name= source/sink device name\n"
820 " in|out.stream-name= name of pipewire stream\n"
821 " in|out.latency= desired latency in microseconds\n"
822#endif
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100823#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_SDL
824 "-audiodev sdl,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
Volker Rümelin5a0926c2021-01-10 11:02:19 +0100825 " in|out.buffer-count= number of buffers\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100826#endif
Alexandre Ratchov663df1c2022-09-07 15:23:42 +0200827#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_SNDIO
828 "-audiodev sndio,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
829#endif
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100830#ifdef CONFIG_SPICE
831 "-audiodev spice,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
832#endif
Marc-André Lureau739362d2021-03-09 17:15:28 +0400833#ifdef CONFIG_DBUS_DISPLAY
834 "-audiodev dbus,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
835#endif
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100836 "-audiodev wav,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
837 " path= path of wav file to record\n",
838 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000839SRST
840``-audiodev [driver=]driver,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
841 Adds a new audio backend driver identified by id. There are global
842 and driver specific properties. Some values can be set differently
843 for input and output, they're marked with ``in|out.``. You can set
844 the input's property with ``in.prop`` and the output's property with
845 ``out.prop``. For example:
846
847 ::
848
849 -audiodev alsa,id=example,in.frequency=44110,out.frequency=8000
850 -audiodev alsa,id=example,out.channels=1 # leaves in.channels unspecified
851
852 NOTE: parameter validation is known to be incomplete, in many cases
853 specifying an invalid option causes QEMU to print an error message
854 and continue emulation without sound.
855
856 Valid global options are:
857
858 ``id=identifier``
859 Identifies the audio backend.
860
861 ``timer-period=period``
862 Sets the timer period used by the audio subsystem in
863 microseconds. Default is 10000 (10 ms).
864
865 ``in|out.mixing-engine=on|off``
866 Use QEMU's mixing engine to mix all streams inside QEMU and
867 convert audio formats when not supported by the backend. When
868 off, fixed-settings must be off too. Note that disabling this
869 option means that the selected backend must support multiple
870 streams and the audio formats used by the virtual cards,
871 otherwise you'll get no sound. It's not recommended to disable
872 this option unless you want to use 5.1 or 7.1 audio, as mixing
873 engine only supports mono and stereo audio. Default is on.
874
875 ``in|out.fixed-settings=on|off``
876 Use fixed settings for host audio. When off, it will change
877 based on how the guest opens the sound card. In this case you
878 must not specify frequency, channels or format. Default is on.
879
880 ``in|out.frequency=frequency``
881 Specify the frequency to use when using fixed-settings. Default
882 is 44100Hz.
883
884 ``in|out.channels=channels``
885 Specify the number of channels to use when using fixed-settings.
886 Default is 2 (stereo).
887
888 ``in|out.format=format``
889 Specify the sample format to use when using fixed-settings.
890 Valid values are: ``s8``, ``s16``, ``s32``, ``u8``, ``u16``,
Volker Rümelin49f77e62020-03-08 20:33:21 +0100891 ``u32``, ``f32``. Default is ``s16``.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000892
893 ``in|out.voices=voices``
894 Specify the number of voices to use. Default is 1.
895
896 ``in|out.buffer-length=usecs``
897 Sets the size of the buffer in microseconds.
898
899``-audiodev none,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
900 Creates a dummy backend that discards all outputs. This backend has
901 no backend specific properties.
902
903``-audiodev alsa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
904 Creates backend using the ALSA. This backend is only available on
905 Linux.
906
907 ALSA specific options are:
908
909 ``in|out.dev=device``
910 Specify the ALSA device to use for input and/or output. Default
911 is ``default``.
912
913 ``in|out.period-length=usecs``
914 Sets the period length in microseconds.
915
916 ``in|out.try-poll=on|off``
917 Attempt to use poll mode with the device. Default is on.
918
919 ``threshold=threshold``
920 Threshold (in microseconds) when playback starts. Default is 0.
921
922``-audiodev coreaudio,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
923 Creates a backend using Apple's Core Audio. This backend is only
924 available on Mac OS and only supports playback.
925
926 Core Audio specific options are:
927
928 ``in|out.buffer-count=count``
929 Sets the count of the buffers.
930
931``-audiodev dsound,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
932 Creates a backend using Microsoft's DirectSound. This backend is
933 only available on Windows and only supports playback.
934
935 DirectSound specific options are:
936
937 ``latency=usecs``
938 Add extra usecs microseconds latency to playback. Default is
939 10000 (10 ms).
940
941``-audiodev oss,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
942 Creates a backend using OSS. This backend is available on most
943 Unix-like systems.
944
945 OSS specific options are:
946
947 ``in|out.dev=device``
948 Specify the file name of the OSS device to use. Default is
949 ``/dev/dsp``.
950
951 ``in|out.buffer-count=count``
952 Sets the count of the buffers.
953
954 ``in|out.try-poll=on|of``
955 Attempt to use poll mode with the device. Default is on.
956
957 ``try-mmap=on|off``
958 Try using memory mapped device access. Default is off.
959
960 ``exclusive=on|off``
961 Open the device in exclusive mode (vmix won't work in this
962 case). Default is off.
963
964 ``dsp-policy=policy``
965 Sets the timing policy (between 0 and 10, where smaller number
966 means smaller latency but higher CPU usage). Use -1 to use
967 buffer sizes specified by ``buffer`` and ``buffer-count``. This
968 option is ignored if you do not have OSS 4. Default is 5.
969
970``-audiodev pa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
971 Creates a backend using PulseAudio. This backend is available on
972 most systems.
973
974 PulseAudio specific options are:
975
976 ``server=server``
977 Sets the PulseAudio server to connect to.
978
979 ``in|out.name=sink``
980 Use the specified source/sink for recording/playback.
981
982 ``in|out.latency=usecs``
983 Desired latency in microseconds. The PulseAudio server will try
984 to honor this value but actual latencies may be lower or higher.
985
Dorinda Basseyc2d3d1c2023-04-17 12:56:54 +0200986``-audiodev pipewire,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
Marc-André Lureau20c51242023-05-06 20:37:26 +0400987 Creates a backend using PipeWire. This backend is available on
Dorinda Basseyc2d3d1c2023-04-17 12:56:54 +0200988 most systems.
989
Marc-André Lureau20c51242023-05-06 20:37:26 +0400990 PipeWire specific options are:
Dorinda Basseyc2d3d1c2023-04-17 12:56:54 +0200991
992 ``in|out.latency=usecs``
993 Desired latency in microseconds.
994
995 ``in|out.name=sink``
996 Use the specified source/sink for recording/playback.
997
998 ``in|out.stream-name``
999 Specify the name of pipewire stream.
1000
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001001``-audiodev sdl,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
1002 Creates a backend using SDL. This backend is available on most
1003 systems, but you should use your platform's native backend if
Volker Rümelin5a0926c2021-01-10 11:02:19 +01001004 possible.
1005
1006 SDL specific options are:
1007
1008 ``in|out.buffer-count=count``
1009 Sets the count of the buffers.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001010
Alexandre Ratchov663df1c2022-09-07 15:23:42 +02001011``-audiodev sndio,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
1012 Creates a backend using SNDIO. This backend is available on
1013 OpenBSD and most other Unix-like systems.
1014
1015 Sndio specific options are:
1016
1017 ``in|out.dev=device``
1018 Specify the sndio device to use for input and/or output. Default
1019 is ``default``.
1020
1021 ``in|out.latency=usecs``
1022 Sets the desired period length in microseconds.
1023
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001024``-audiodev spice,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
1025 Creates a backend that sends audio through SPICE. This backend
1026 requires ``-spice`` and automatically selected in that case, so
1027 usually you can ignore this option. This backend has no backend
1028 specific properties.
1029
1030``-audiodev wav,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
1031 Creates a backend that writes audio to a WAV file.
1032
1033 Backend specific options are:
1034
1035 ``path=path``
1036 Write recorded audio into the specified file. Default is
1037 ``qemu.wav``.
1038ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001039
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001040DEF("device", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_device,
1041 "-device driver[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
1042 " add device (based on driver)\n"
1043 " prop=value,... sets driver properties\n"
1044 " use '-device help' to print all possible drivers\n"
1045 " use '-device driver,help' to print all possible properties\n",
1046 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001047SRST
1048``-device driver[,prop[=value][,...]]``
1049 Add device driver. prop=value sets driver properties. Valid
1050 properties depend on the driver. To get help on possible drivers and
1051 properties, use ``-device help`` and ``-device driver,help``.
1052
1053 Some drivers are:
1054
Corey Minyard789101b2020-07-17 11:37:02 -05001055``-device ipmi-bmc-sim,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001056 Add an IPMI BMC. This is a simulation of a hardware management
1057 interface processor that normally sits on a system. It provides a
1058 watchdog and the ability to reset and power control the system. You
1059 need to connect this to an IPMI interface to make it useful
1060
1061 The IPMI slave address to use for the BMC. The default is 0x20. This
1062 address is the BMC's address on the I2C network of management
1063 controllers. If you don't know what this means, it is safe to ignore
1064 it.
1065
1066 ``id=id``
1067 The BMC id for interfaces to use this device.
1068
1069 ``slave_addr=val``
1070 Define slave address to use for the BMC. The default is 0x20.
1071
1072 ``sdrfile=file``
1073 file containing raw Sensor Data Records (SDR) data. The default
1074 is none.
1075
1076 ``fruareasize=val``
1077 size of a Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) area. The default is
1078 1024.
1079
1080 ``frudatafile=file``
1081 file containing raw Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) inventory data.
1082 The default is none.
1083
1084 ``guid=uuid``
1085 value for the GUID for the BMC, in standard UUID format. If this
1086 is set, get "Get GUID" command to the BMC will return it.
1087 Otherwise "Get GUID" will return an error.
1088
1089``-device ipmi-bmc-extern,id=id,chardev=id[,slave_addr=val]``
1090 Add a connection to an external IPMI BMC simulator. Instead of
1091 locally emulating the BMC like the above item, instead connect to an
1092 external entity that provides the IPMI services.
1093
1094 A connection is made to an external BMC simulator. If you do this,
1095 it is strongly recommended that you use the "reconnect=" chardev
1096 option to reconnect to the simulator if the connection is lost. Note
1097 that if this is not used carefully, it can be a security issue, as
1098 the interface has the ability to send resets, NMIs, and power off
1099 the VM. It's best if QEMU makes a connection to an external
1100 simulator running on a secure port on localhost, so neither the
1101 simulator nor QEMU is exposed to any outside network.
1102
1103 See the "lanserv/README.vm" file in the OpenIPMI library for more
1104 details on the external interface.
1105
1106``-device isa-ipmi-kcs,bmc=id[,ioport=val][,irq=val]``
Stefan Weil1e458f12022-10-30 11:59:44 +01001107 Add a KCS IPMI interface on the ISA bus. This also adds a
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001108 corresponding ACPI and SMBIOS entries, if appropriate.
1109
1110 ``bmc=id``
1111 The BMC to connect to, one of ipmi-bmc-sim or ipmi-bmc-extern
1112 above.
1113
1114 ``ioport=val``
1115 Define the I/O address of the interface. The default is 0xca0
1116 for KCS.
1117
1118 ``irq=val``
1119 Define the interrupt to use. The default is 5. To disable
1120 interrupts, set this to 0.
1121
1122``-device isa-ipmi-bt,bmc=id[,ioport=val][,irq=val]``
1123 Like the KCS interface, but defines a BT interface. The default port
1124 is 0xe4 and the default interrupt is 5.
Corey Minyard323679d2019-09-23 13:50:33 -05001125
1126``-device pci-ipmi-kcs,bmc=id``
Stefan Weil1e458f12022-10-30 11:59:44 +01001127 Add a KCS IPMI interface on the PCI bus.
Corey Minyard323679d2019-09-23 13:50:33 -05001128
1129 ``bmc=id``
1130 The BMC to connect to, one of ipmi-bmc-sim or ipmi-bmc-extern above.
1131
1132``-device pci-ipmi-bt,bmc=id``
1133 Like the KCS interface, but defines a BT interface on the PCI bus.
Peter Xu7395b3e2021-07-07 11:41:14 -04001134
1135``-device intel-iommu[,option=...]``
1136 This is only supported by ``-machine q35``, which will enable Intel VT-d
1137 emulation within the guest. It supports below options:
1138
1139 ``intremap=on|off`` (default: auto)
1140 This enables interrupt remapping feature. It's required to enable
1141 complete x2apic. Currently it only supports kvm kernel-irqchip modes
1142 ``off`` or ``split``, while full kernel-irqchip is not yet supported.
1143 The default value is "auto", which will be decided by the mode of
1144 kernel-irqchip.
1145
1146 ``caching-mode=on|off`` (default: off)
1147 This enables caching mode for the VT-d emulated device. When
1148 caching-mode is enabled, each guest DMA buffer mapping will generate an
1149 IOTLB invalidation from the guest IOMMU driver to the vIOMMU device in
1150 a synchronous way. It is required for ``-device vfio-pci`` to work
1151 with the VT-d device, because host assigned devices requires to setup
1152 the DMA mapping on the host before guest DMA starts.
1153
1154 ``device-iotlb=on|off`` (default: off)
1155 This enables device-iotlb capability for the emulated VT-d device. So
1156 far virtio/vhost should be the only real user for this parameter,
1157 paired with ats=on configured for the device.
1158
1159 ``aw-bits=39|48`` (default: 39)
1160 This decides the address width of IOVA address space. The address
1161 space has 39 bits width for 3-level IOMMU page tables, and 48 bits for
1162 4-level IOMMU page tables.
1163
1164 Please also refer to the wiki page for general scenarios of VT-d
1165 emulation in QEMU: https://wiki.qemu.org/Features/VT-d.
1166
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001167ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001168
1169DEF("name", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_name,
Dr. David Alan Gilbert8f480de2014-01-30 10:20:31 +00001170 "-name string1[,process=string2][,debug-threads=on|off]\n"
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001171 " set the name of the guest\n"
Roman Bolshakov479a5742018-12-17 23:26:01 +03001172 " string1 sets the window title and string2 the process name\n"
1173 " When debug-threads is enabled, individual threads are given a separate name\n"
Dr. David Alan Gilbert8f480de2014-01-30 10:20:31 +00001174 " NOTE: The thread names are for debugging and not a stable API.\n",
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001175 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001176SRST
1177``-name name``
1178 Sets the name of the guest. This name will be displayed in the SDL
1179 window caption. The name will also be used for the VNC server. Also
1180 optionally set the top visible process name in Linux. Naming of
1181 individual threads can also be enabled on Linux to aid debugging.
1182ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001183
1184DEF("uuid", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_uuid,
1185 "-uuid %08x-%04x-%04x-%04x-%012x\n"
1186 " specify machine UUID\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001187SRST
1188``-uuid uuid``
1189 Set system UUID.
1190ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001191
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001192DEFHEADING()
1193
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02001194DEFHEADING(Block device options:)
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001195
Alex Bennée5af2b0f2022-08-22 17:56:08 +01001196SRST
1197The QEMU block device handling options have a long history and
1198have gone through several iterations as the feature set and complexity
1199of the block layer have grown. Many online guides to QEMU often
1200reference older and deprecated options, which can lead to confusion.
1201
Alex Bennéec1654c32023-04-24 10:22:37 +01001202The most explicit way to describe disks is to use a combination of
Alex Bennée5af2b0f2022-08-22 17:56:08 +01001203``-device`` to specify the hardware device and ``-blockdev`` to
1204describe the backend. The device defines what the guest sees and the
Alex Bennéec1654c32023-04-24 10:22:37 +01001205backend describes how QEMU handles the data. It is the only guaranteed
1206stable interface for describing block devices and as such is
1207recommended for management tools and scripting.
1208
1209The ``-drive`` option combines the device and backend into a single
1210command line option which is a more human friendly. There is however no
1211interface stability guarantee although some older board models still
1212need updating to work with the modern blockdev forms.
1213
1214Older options like ``-hda`` are essentially macros which expand into
1215``-drive`` options for various drive interfaces. The original forms
1216bake in a lot of assumptions from the days when QEMU was emulating a
1217legacy PC, they are not recommended for modern configurations.
Alex Bennée5af2b0f2022-08-22 17:56:08 +01001218
1219ERST
1220
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001221DEF("fda", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fda,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001222 "-fda/-fdb file use 'file' as floppy disk 0/1 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1223DEF("fdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fdb, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001224SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001225``-fda file``
1226 \
1227``-fdb file``
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01001228 Use file as floppy disk 0/1 image (see the :ref:`disk images` chapter in
1229 the System Emulation Users Guide).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001230ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001231
1232DEF("hda", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hda,
Thomas Huthbcd8e242023-08-29 15:29:48 +02001233 "-hda/-hdb file use 'file' as hard disk 0/1 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001234DEF("hdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdb, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001235DEF("hdc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdc,
Thomas Huthbcd8e242023-08-29 15:29:48 +02001236 "-hdc/-hdd file use 'file' as hard disk 2/3 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001237DEF("hdd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdd, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001238SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001239``-hda file``
1240 \
1241``-hdb file``
1242 \
1243``-hdc file``
1244 \
1245``-hdd file``
Thomas Huthbcd8e242023-08-29 15:29:48 +02001246 Use file as hard disk 0, 1, 2 or 3 image on the default bus of the
1247 emulated machine (this is for example the IDE bus on most x86 machines,
1248 but it can also be SCSI, virtio or something else on other target
1249 architectures). See also the :ref:`disk images` chapter in the System
1250 Emulation Users Guide.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001251ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001252
1253DEF("cdrom", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_cdrom,
Thomas Huthbcd8e242023-08-29 15:29:48 +02001254 "-cdrom file use 'file' as CD-ROM image\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001255 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001256SRST
1257``-cdrom file``
Thomas Huthbcd8e242023-08-29 15:29:48 +02001258 Use file as CD-ROM image on the default bus of the emulated machine
1259 (which is IDE1 master on x86, so you cannot use ``-hdc`` and ``-cdrom``
1260 at the same time there). On systems that support it, you can use the
1261 host CD-ROM by using ``/dev/cdrom`` as filename.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001262ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001263
Markus Armbruster42e5f392017-02-28 22:27:07 +01001264DEF("blockdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_blockdev,
1265 "-blockdev [driver=]driver[,node-name=N][,discard=ignore|unmap]\n"
1266 " [,cache.direct=on|off][,cache.no-flush=on|off]\n"
Kevin Wolfc9b749d2019-10-15 12:29:58 +02001267 " [,read-only=on|off][,auto-read-only=on|off]\n"
1268 " [,force-share=on|off][,detect-zeroes=on|off|unmap]\n"
Markus Armbruster42e5f392017-02-28 22:27:07 +01001269 " [,driver specific parameters...]\n"
1270 " configure a block backend\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001271SRST
1272``-blockdev option[,option[,option[,...]]]``
1273 Define a new block driver node. Some of the options apply to all
1274 block drivers, other options are only accepted for a specific block
1275 driver. See below for a list of generic options and options for the
1276 most common block drivers.
1277
1278 Options that expect a reference to another node (e.g. ``file``) can
1279 be given in two ways. Either you specify the node name of an already
1280 existing node (file=node-name), or you define a new node inline,
1281 adding options for the referenced node after a dot
1282 (file.filename=path,file.aio=native).
1283
1284 A block driver node created with ``-blockdev`` can be used for a
1285 guest device by specifying its node name for the ``drive`` property
1286 in a ``-device`` argument that defines a block device.
1287
1288 ``Valid options for any block driver node:``
1289 ``driver``
1290 Specifies the block driver to use for the given node.
1291
1292 ``node-name``
1293 This defines the name of the block driver node by which it
1294 will be referenced later. The name must be unique, i.e. it
1295 must not match the name of a different block driver node, or
1296 (if you use ``-drive`` as well) the ID of a drive.
1297
1298 If no node name is specified, it is automatically generated.
1299 The generated node name is not intended to be predictable
1300 and changes between QEMU invocations. For the top level, an
1301 explicit node name must be specified.
1302
1303 ``read-only``
1304 Open the node read-only. Guest write attempts will fail.
1305
1306 Note that some block drivers support only read-only access,
1307 either generally or in certain configurations. In this case,
1308 the default value ``read-only=off`` does not work and the
1309 option must be specified explicitly.
1310
1311 ``auto-read-only``
1312 If ``auto-read-only=on`` is set, QEMU may fall back to
1313 read-only usage even when ``read-only=off`` is requested, or
1314 even switch between modes as needed, e.g. depending on
1315 whether the image file is writable or whether a writing user
1316 is attached to the node.
1317
1318 ``force-share``
1319 Override the image locking system of QEMU by forcing the
1320 node to utilize weaker shared access for permissions where
1321 it would normally request exclusive access. When there is
1322 the potential for multiple instances to have the same file
1323 open (whether this invocation of QEMU is the first or the
1324 second instance), both instances must permit shared access
1325 for the second instance to succeed at opening the file.
1326
1327 Enabling ``force-share=on`` requires ``read-only=on``.
1328
1329 ``cache.direct``
1330 The host page cache can be avoided with ``cache.direct=on``.
1331 This will attempt to do disk IO directly to the guest's
1332 memory. QEMU may still perform an internal copy of the data.
1333
1334 ``cache.no-flush``
1335 In case you don't care about data integrity over host
1336 failures, you can use ``cache.no-flush=on``. This option
1337 tells QEMU that it never needs to write any data to the disk
1338 but can instead keep things in cache. If anything goes
1339 wrong, like your host losing power, the disk storage getting
1340 disconnected accidentally, etc. your image will most
1341 probably be rendered unusable.
1342
1343 ``discard=discard``
1344 discard is one of "ignore" (or "off") or "unmap" (or "on")
1345 and controls whether ``discard`` (also known as ``trim`` or
1346 ``unmap``) requests are ignored or passed to the filesystem.
1347 Some machine types may not support discard requests.
1348
1349 ``detect-zeroes=detect-zeroes``
1350 detect-zeroes is "off", "on" or "unmap" and enables the
1351 automatic conversion of plain zero writes by the OS to
1352 driver specific optimized zero write commands. You may even
1353 choose "unmap" if discard is set to "unmap" to allow a zero
1354 write to be converted to an ``unmap`` operation.
1355
1356 ``Driver-specific options for file``
1357 This is the protocol-level block driver for accessing regular
1358 files.
1359
1360 ``filename``
1361 The path to the image file in the local filesystem
1362
1363 ``aio``
Stefano Garzarellaad1e6912020-09-24 17:15:11 +02001364 Specifies the AIO backend (threads/native/io_uring,
1365 default: threads)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001366
1367 ``locking``
1368 Specifies whether the image file is protected with Linux OFD
1369 / POSIX locks. The default is to use the Linux Open File
1370 Descriptor API if available, otherwise no lock is applied.
1371 (auto/on/off, default: auto)
1372
1373 Example:
1374
1375 ::
1376
1377 -blockdev driver=file,node-name=disk,filename=disk.img
1378
1379 ``Driver-specific options for raw``
1380 This is the image format block driver for raw images. It is
1381 usually stacked on top of a protocol level block driver such as
1382 ``file``.
1383
1384 ``file``
1385 Reference to or definition of the data source block driver
1386 node (e.g. a ``file`` driver node)
1387
1388 Example 1:
1389
1390 ::
1391
1392 -blockdev driver=file,node-name=disk_file,filename=disk.img
1393 -blockdev driver=raw,node-name=disk,file=disk_file
1394
1395 Example 2:
1396
1397 ::
1398
1399 -blockdev driver=raw,node-name=disk,file.driver=file,file.filename=disk.img
1400
1401 ``Driver-specific options for qcow2``
1402 This is the image format block driver for qcow2 images. It is
1403 usually stacked on top of a protocol level block driver such as
1404 ``file``.
1405
1406 ``file``
1407 Reference to or definition of the data source block driver
1408 node (e.g. a ``file`` driver node)
1409
1410 ``backing``
1411 Reference to or definition of the backing file block device
1412 (default is taken from the image file). It is allowed to
1413 pass ``null`` here in order to disable the default backing
1414 file.
1415
1416 ``lazy-refcounts``
1417 Whether to enable the lazy refcounts feature (on/off;
1418 default is taken from the image file)
1419
1420 ``cache-size``
1421 The maximum total size of the L2 table and refcount block
1422 caches in bytes (default: the sum of l2-cache-size and
1423 refcount-cache-size)
1424
1425 ``l2-cache-size``
1426 The maximum size of the L2 table cache in bytes (default: if
1427 cache-size is not specified - 32M on Linux platforms, and 8M
1428 on non-Linux platforms; otherwise, as large as possible
1429 within the cache-size, while permitting the requested or the
1430 minimal refcount cache size)
1431
1432 ``refcount-cache-size``
1433 The maximum size of the refcount block cache in bytes
1434 (default: 4 times the cluster size; or if cache-size is
1435 specified, the part of it which is not used for the L2
1436 cache)
1437
1438 ``cache-clean-interval``
1439 Clean unused entries in the L2 and refcount caches. The
1440 interval is in seconds. The default value is 600 on
1441 supporting platforms, and 0 on other platforms. Setting it
1442 to 0 disables this feature.
1443
1444 ``pass-discard-request``
1445 Whether discard requests to the qcow2 device should be
1446 forwarded to the data source (on/off; default: on if
1447 discard=unmap is specified, off otherwise)
1448
1449 ``pass-discard-snapshot``
1450 Whether discard requests for the data source should be
1451 issued when a snapshot operation (e.g. deleting a snapshot)
1452 frees clusters in the qcow2 file (on/off; default: on)
1453
1454 ``pass-discard-other``
1455 Whether discard requests for the data source should be
1456 issued on other occasions where a cluster gets freed
1457 (on/off; default: off)
1458
Jean-Louis Dupond42a28902023-06-05 10:45:24 +02001459 ``discard-no-unref``
Jean-Louis Dupondb2b10902023-10-03 14:52:37 +02001460 When enabled, data clusters will remain preallocated when they are
1461 no longer used, e.g. because they are discarded or converted to
1462 zero clusters. As usual, whether the old data is discarded or kept
1463 on the protocol level (i.e. in the image file) depends on the
1464 setting of the pass-discard-request option. Keeping the clusters
1465 preallocated prevents qcow2 fragmentation that would otherwise be
1466 caused by freeing and re-allocating them later. Besides potential
Jean-Louis Dupond42a28902023-06-05 10:45:24 +02001467 performance degradation, such fragmentation can lead to increased
1468 allocation of clusters past the end of the image file,
1469 resulting in image files whose file length can grow much larger
1470 than their guest disk size would suggest.
1471 If image file length is of concern (e.g. when storing qcow2
1472 images directly on block devices), you should consider enabling
1473 this option.
1474
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001475 ``overlap-check``
1476 Which overlap checks to perform for writes to the image
1477 (none/constant/cached/all; default: cached). For details or
1478 finer granularity control refer to the QAPI documentation of
1479 ``blockdev-add``.
1480
1481 Example 1:
1482
1483 ::
1484
1485 -blockdev driver=file,node-name=my_file,filename=/tmp/disk.qcow2
1486 -blockdev driver=qcow2,node-name=hda,file=my_file,overlap-check=none,cache-size=16777216
1487
1488 Example 2:
1489
1490 ::
1491
1492 -blockdev driver=qcow2,node-name=disk,file.driver=http,file.filename=http://example.com/image.qcow2
1493
1494 ``Driver-specific options for other drivers``
1495 Please refer to the QAPI documentation of the ``blockdev-add``
1496 QMP command.
1497ERST
Markus Armbruster42e5f392017-02-28 22:27:07 +01001498
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001499DEF("drive", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_drive,
1500 "-drive [file=file][,if=type][,bus=n][,unit=m][,media=d][,index=i]\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi92196b22011-08-04 12:26:52 +01001501 " [,cache=writethrough|writeback|none|directsync|unsafe][,format=f]\n"
Kevin Wolf572023f2018-06-13 11:01:30 +02001502 " [,snapshot=on|off][,rerror=ignore|stop|report]\n"
Stefano Garzarellaad1e6912020-09-24 17:15:11 +02001503 " [,werror=ignore|stop|report|enospc][,id=name]\n"
1504 " [,aio=threads|native|io_uring]\n"
Stefan Hajnoczifb0490f2011-11-17 13:40:32 +00001505 " [,readonly=on|off][,copy-on-read=on|off]\n"
Peter Lieven2f7133b2014-07-28 21:53:02 +02001506 " [,discard=ignore|unmap][,detect-zeroes=on|off|unmap]\n"
Benoît Canet3e9fab62013-09-02 14:14:40 +02001507 " [[,bps=b]|[[,bps_rd=r][,bps_wr=w]]]\n"
1508 " [[,iops=i]|[[,iops_rd=r][,iops_wr=w]]]\n"
1509 " [[,bps_max=bm]|[[,bps_rd_max=rm][,bps_wr_max=wm]]]\n"
1510 " [[,iops_max=im]|[[,iops_rd_max=irm][,iops_wr_max=iwm]]]\n"
Benoît Canet2024c1d2013-09-02 14:14:41 +02001511 " [[,iops_size=is]]\n"
Alberto Garcia76f4afb2015-06-08 18:17:44 +02001512 " [[,group=g]]\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001513 " use 'file' as a drive image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001514SRST
1515``-drive option[,option[,option[,...]]]``
1516 Define a new drive. This includes creating a block driver node (the
1517 backend) as well as a guest device, and is mostly a shortcut for
1518 defining the corresponding ``-blockdev`` and ``-device`` options.
1519
1520 ``-drive`` accepts all options that are accepted by ``-blockdev``.
1521 In addition, it knows the following options:
1522
1523 ``file=file``
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01001524 This option defines which disk image (see the :ref:`disk images`
1525 chapter in the System Emulation Users Guide) to use with this drive.
1526 If the filename contains comma, you must double it (for instance,
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001527 "file=my,,file" to use file "my,file").
1528
1529 Special files such as iSCSI devices can be specified using
1530 protocol specific URLs. See the section for "Device URL Syntax"
1531 for more information.
1532
1533 ``if=interface``
1534 This option defines on which type on interface the drive is
1535 connected. Available types are: ide, scsi, sd, mtd, floppy,
1536 pflash, virtio, none.
1537
1538 ``bus=bus,unit=unit``
1539 These options define where is connected the drive by defining
1540 the bus number and the unit id.
1541
1542 ``index=index``
Laurent Vivier35aab302022-02-02 15:34:22 +01001543 This option defines where the drive is connected by using an
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001544 index in the list of available connectors of a given interface
1545 type.
1546
1547 ``media=media``
1548 This option defines the type of the media: disk or cdrom.
1549
1550 ``snapshot=snapshot``
1551 snapshot is "on" or "off" and controls snapshot mode for the
1552 given drive (see ``-snapshot``).
1553
1554 ``cache=cache``
1555 cache is "none", "writeback", "unsafe", "directsync" or
1556 "writethrough" and controls how the host cache is used to access
1557 block data. This is a shortcut that sets the ``cache.direct``
1558 and ``cache.no-flush`` options (as in ``-blockdev``), and
1559 additionally ``cache.writeback``, which provides a default for
1560 the ``write-cache`` option of block guest devices (as in
1561 ``-device``). The modes correspond to the following settings:
1562
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001563 ============= =============== ============ ==============
1564 \ cache.writeback cache.direct cache.no-flush
1565 ============= =============== ============ ==============
1566 writeback on off off
1567 none on on off
1568 writethrough off off off
1569 directsync off on off
1570 unsafe on off on
1571 ============= =============== ============ ==============
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001572
1573 The default mode is ``cache=writeback``.
1574
1575 ``aio=aio``
Stefano Garzarellaad1e6912020-09-24 17:15:11 +02001576 aio is "threads", "native", or "io_uring" and selects between pthread
1577 based disk I/O, native Linux AIO, or Linux io_uring API.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001578
1579 ``format=format``
1580 Specify which disk format will be used rather than detecting the
1581 format. Can be used to specify format=raw to avoid interpreting
1582 an untrusted format header.
1583
1584 ``werror=action,rerror=action``
1585 Specify which action to take on write and read errors. Valid
1586 actions are: "ignore" (ignore the error and try to continue),
1587 "stop" (pause QEMU), "report" (report the error to the guest),
1588 "enospc" (pause QEMU only if the host disk is full; report the
1589 error to the guest otherwise). The default setting is
1590 ``werror=enospc`` and ``rerror=report``.
1591
1592 ``copy-on-read=copy-on-read``
1593 copy-on-read is "on" or "off" and enables whether to copy read
1594 backing file sectors into the image file.
1595
1596 ``bps=b,bps_rd=r,bps_wr=w``
1597 Specify bandwidth throttling limits in bytes per second, either
1598 for all request types or for reads or writes only. Small values
1599 can lead to timeouts or hangs inside the guest. A safe minimum
1600 for disks is 2 MB/s.
1601
1602 ``bps_max=bm,bps_rd_max=rm,bps_wr_max=wm``
1603 Specify bursts in bytes per second, either for all request types
1604 or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to spike
1605 above the limit temporarily.
1606
1607 ``iops=i,iops_rd=r,iops_wr=w``
1608 Specify request rate limits in requests per second, either for
1609 all request types or for reads or writes only.
1610
1611 ``iops_max=bm,iops_rd_max=rm,iops_wr_max=wm``
1612 Specify bursts in requests per second, either for all request
1613 types or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to
1614 spike above the limit temporarily.
1615
1616 ``iops_size=is``
1617 Let every is bytes of a request count as a new request for iops
1618 throttling purposes. Use this option to prevent guests from
1619 circumventing iops limits by sending fewer but larger requests.
1620
1621 ``group=g``
1622 Join a throttling quota group with given name g. All drives that
1623 are members of the same group are accounted for together. Use
1624 this option to prevent guests from circumventing throttling
1625 limits by using many small disks instead of a single larger
1626 disk.
1627
1628 By default, the ``cache.writeback=on`` mode is used. It will report
1629 data writes as completed as soon as the data is present in the host
1630 page cache. This is safe as long as your guest OS makes sure to
1631 correctly flush disk caches where needed. If your guest OS does not
1632 handle volatile disk write caches correctly and your host crashes or
1633 loses power, then the guest may experience data corruption.
1634
1635 For such guests, you should consider using ``cache.writeback=off``.
1636 This means that the host page cache will be used to read and write
1637 data, but write notification will be sent to the guest only after
1638 QEMU has made sure to flush each write to the disk. Be aware that
1639 this has a major impact on performance.
1640
1641 When using the ``-snapshot`` option, unsafe caching is always used.
1642
1643 Copy-on-read avoids accessing the same backing file sectors
1644 repeatedly and is useful when the backing file is over a slow
1645 network. By default copy-on-read is off.
1646
1647 Instead of ``-cdrom`` you can use:
1648
1649 .. parsed-literal::
1650
1651 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=2,media=cdrom
1652
1653 Instead of ``-hda``, ``-hdb``, ``-hdc``, ``-hdd``, you can use:
1654
1655 .. parsed-literal::
1656
1657 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=0,media=disk
1658 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=1,media=disk
1659 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=2,media=disk
1660 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=3,media=disk
1661
1662 You can open an image using pre-opened file descriptors from an fd
1663 set:
1664
1665 .. parsed-literal::
1666
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02001667 |qemu_system| \\
1668 -add-fd fd=3,set=2,opaque="rdwr:/path/to/file" \\
1669 -add-fd fd=4,set=2,opaque="rdonly:/path/to/file" \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001670 -drive file=/dev/fdset/2,index=0,media=disk
1671
1672 You can connect a CDROM to the slave of ide0:
1673
1674 .. parsed-literal::
1675
1676 |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=file,if=ide,index=1,media=cdrom
1677
1678 If you don't specify the "file=" argument, you define an empty
1679 drive:
1680
1681 .. parsed-literal::
1682
1683 |qemu_system_x86| -drive if=ide,index=1,media=cdrom
1684
1685 Instead of ``-fda``, ``-fdb``, you can use:
1686
1687 .. parsed-literal::
1688
1689 |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=file,index=0,if=floppy
1690 |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=file,index=1,if=floppy
1691
1692 By default, interface is "ide" and index is automatically
1693 incremented:
1694
1695 .. parsed-literal::
1696
John Snowa234ec32023-02-02 17:31:21 -05001697 |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=a -drive file=b
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001698
1699 is interpreted like:
1700
1701 .. parsed-literal::
1702
1703 |qemu_system_x86| -hda a -hdb b
1704ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001705
1706DEF("mtdblock", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mtdblock,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001707 "-mtdblock file use 'file' as on-board Flash memory image\n",
1708 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001709SRST
1710``-mtdblock file``
1711 Use file as on-board Flash memory image.
1712ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001713
1714DEF("sd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_sd,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001715 "-sd file use 'file' as SecureDigital card image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001716SRST
1717``-sd file``
1718 Use file as SecureDigital card image.
1719ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001720
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001721DEF("snapshot", 0, QEMU_OPTION_snapshot,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001722 "-snapshot write to temporary files instead of disk image files\n",
1723 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001724SRST
1725``-snapshot``
1726 Write to temporary files instead of disk image files. In this case,
1727 the raw disk image you use is not written back. You can however
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01001728 force the write back by pressing C-a s (see the :ref:`disk images`
1729 chapter in the System Emulation Users Guide).
Alex Bennéec1654c32023-04-24 10:22:37 +01001730
1731 .. warning::
1732 snapshot is incompatible with ``-blockdev`` (instead use qemu-img
1733 to manually create snapshot images to attach to your blockdev).
1734 If you have mixed ``-blockdev`` and ``-drive`` declarations you
1735 can use the 'snapshot' property on your drive declarations
1736 instead of this global option.
1737
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001738ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001739
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301740DEF("fsdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fsdev,
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001741 "-fsdev local,id=id,path=path,security_model=mapped-xattr|mapped-file|passthrough|none\n"
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001742 " [,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode]\n"
Pradeep Jagadeeshb8bbdb82017-02-28 10:31:46 +01001743 " [[,throttling.bps-total=b]|[[,throttling.bps-read=r][,throttling.bps-write=w]]]\n"
1744 " [[,throttling.iops-total=i]|[[,throttling.iops-read=r][,throttling.iops-write=w]]]\n"
1745 " [[,throttling.bps-total-max=bm]|[[,throttling.bps-read-max=rm][,throttling.bps-write-max=wm]]]\n"
1746 " [[,throttling.iops-total-max=im]|[[,throttling.iops-read-max=irm][,throttling.iops-write-max=iwm]]]\n"
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001747 " [[,throttling.iops-size=is]]\n"
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001748 "-fsdev proxy,id=id,socket=socket[,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on]\n"
1749 "-fsdev proxy,id=id,sock_fd=sock_fd[,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on]\n"
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001750 "-fsdev synth,id=id\n",
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301751 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1752
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001753SRST
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001754``-fsdev local,id=id,path=path,security_model=security_model [,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode] [,throttling.option=value[,throttling.option=value[,...]]]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001755 \
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001756``-fsdev proxy,id=id,socket=socket[,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001757 \
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001758``-fsdev proxy,id=id,sock_fd=sock_fd[,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001759 \
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001760``-fsdev synth,id=id[,readonly=on]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001761 Define a new file system device. Valid options are:
1762
1763 ``local``
1764 Accesses to the filesystem are done by QEMU.
1765
1766 ``proxy``
Christian Schoenebeck71d72ec2023-06-26 13:49:06 +02001767 Accesses to the filesystem are done by virtfs-proxy-helper(1). This
1768 option is deprecated (since QEMU 8.1) and will be removed in a future
1769 version of QEMU. Use ``local`` instead.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001770
1771 ``synth``
1772 Synthetic filesystem, only used by QTests.
1773
1774 ``id=id``
1775 Specifies identifier for this device.
1776
1777 ``path=path``
1778 Specifies the export path for the file system device. Files
1779 under this path will be available to the 9p client on the guest.
1780
1781 ``security_model=security_model``
1782 Specifies the security model to be used for this export path.
1783 Supported security models are "passthrough", "mapped-xattr",
1784 "mapped-file" and "none". In "passthrough" security model, files
1785 are stored using the same credentials as they are created on the
1786 guest. This requires QEMU to run as root. In "mapped-xattr"
1787 security model, some of the file attributes like uid, gid, mode
1788 bits and link target are stored as file attributes. For
1789 "mapped-file" these attributes are stored in the hidden
1790 .virtfs\_metadata directory. Directories exported by this
1791 security model cannot interact with other unix tools. "none"
1792 security model is same as passthrough except the sever won't
1793 report failures if it fails to set file attributes like
1794 ownership. Security model is mandatory only for local fsdriver.
1795 Other fsdrivers (like proxy) don't take security model as a
1796 parameter.
1797
1798 ``writeout=writeout``
1799 This is an optional argument. The only supported value is
1800 "immediate". This means that host page cache will be used to
1801 read and write data but write notification will be sent to the
1802 guest only when the data has been reported as written by the
1803 storage subsystem.
1804
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001805 ``readonly=on``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001806 Enables exporting 9p share as a readonly mount for guests. By
1807 default read-write access is given.
1808
1809 ``socket=socket``
1810 Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket file for
1811 communicating with virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
1812
1813 ``sock_fd=sock_fd``
1814 Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket descriptor
1815 for communicating with virtfs-proxy-helper(1). Usually a helper
1816 like libvirt will create socketpair and pass one of the fds as
1817 sock\_fd.
1818
1819 ``fmode=fmode``
1820 Specifies the default mode for newly created files on the host.
1821 Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and
1822 "mapped-file".
1823
1824 ``dmode=dmode``
1825 Specifies the default mode for newly created directories on the
1826 host. Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and
1827 "mapped-file".
1828
1829 ``throttling.bps-total=b,throttling.bps-read=r,throttling.bps-write=w``
1830 Specify bandwidth throttling limits in bytes per second, either
1831 for all request types or for reads or writes only.
1832
1833 ``throttling.bps-total-max=bm,bps-read-max=rm,bps-write-max=wm``
1834 Specify bursts in bytes per second, either for all request types
1835 or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to spike
1836 above the limit temporarily.
1837
1838 ``throttling.iops-total=i,throttling.iops-read=r, throttling.iops-write=w``
1839 Specify request rate limits in requests per second, either for
1840 all request types or for reads or writes only.
1841
1842 ``throttling.iops-total-max=im,throttling.iops-read-max=irm, throttling.iops-write-max=iwm``
1843 Specify bursts in requests per second, either for all request
1844 types or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to
1845 spike above the limit temporarily.
1846
1847 ``throttling.iops-size=is``
1848 Let every is bytes of a request count as a new request for iops
1849 throttling purposes.
1850
1851 -fsdev option is used along with -device driver "virtio-9p-...".
1852
1853``-device virtio-9p-type,fsdev=id,mount_tag=mount_tag``
1854 Options for virtio-9p-... driver are:
1855
1856 ``type``
1857 Specifies the variant to be used. Supported values are "pci",
1858 "ccw" or "device", depending on the machine type.
1859
1860 ``fsdev=id``
1861 Specifies the id value specified along with -fsdev option.
1862
1863 ``mount_tag=mount_tag``
1864 Specifies the tag name to be used by the guest to mount this
1865 export point.
1866ERST
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301867
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301868DEF("virtfs", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_virtfs,
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001869 "-virtfs local,path=path,mount_tag=tag,security_model=mapped-xattr|mapped-file|passthrough|none\n"
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001870 " [,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode][,multidevs=remap|forbid|warn]\n"
1871 "-virtfs proxy,mount_tag=tag,socket=socket[,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on]\n"
1872 "-virtfs proxy,mount_tag=tag,sock_fd=sock_fd[,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on]\n"
1873 "-virtfs synth,mount_tag=tag[,id=id][,readonly=on]\n",
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301874 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1875
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001876SRST
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001877``-virtfs local,path=path,mount_tag=mount_tag ,security_model=security_model[,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on] [,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode][,multidevs=multidevs]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001878 \
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001879``-virtfs proxy,socket=socket,mount_tag=mount_tag [,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001880 \
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001881``-virtfs proxy,sock_fd=sock_fd,mount_tag=mount_tag [,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001882 \
1883``-virtfs synth,mount_tag=mount_tag``
Christian Schoenebeck65abaa02020-05-14 08:06:43 +02001884 Define a new virtual filesystem device and expose it to the guest using
1885 a virtio-9p-device (a.k.a. 9pfs), which essentially means that a certain
1886 directory on host is made directly accessible by guest as a pass-through
1887 file system by using the 9P network protocol for communication between
1888 host and guests, if desired even accessible, shared by several guests
Stefan Weil2cb40d42022-11-10 20:08:25 +01001889 simultaneously.
Christian Schoenebeck65abaa02020-05-14 08:06:43 +02001890
1891 Note that ``-virtfs`` is actually just a convenience shortcut for its
1892 generalized form ``-fsdev -device virtio-9p-pci``.
1893
1894 The general form of pass-through file system options are:
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001895
1896 ``local``
1897 Accesses to the filesystem are done by QEMU.
1898
1899 ``proxy``
1900 Accesses to the filesystem are done by virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
Christian Schoenebeck71d72ec2023-06-26 13:49:06 +02001901 This option is deprecated (since QEMU 8.1) and will be removed in a
1902 future version of QEMU. Use ``local`` instead.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001903
1904 ``synth``
1905 Synthetic filesystem, only used by QTests.
1906
1907 ``id=id``
1908 Specifies identifier for the filesystem device
1909
1910 ``path=path``
1911 Specifies the export path for the file system device. Files
1912 under this path will be available to the 9p client on the guest.
1913
1914 ``security_model=security_model``
1915 Specifies the security model to be used for this export path.
1916 Supported security models are "passthrough", "mapped-xattr",
1917 "mapped-file" and "none". In "passthrough" security model, files
1918 are stored using the same credentials as they are created on the
1919 guest. This requires QEMU to run as root. In "mapped-xattr"
1920 security model, some of the file attributes like uid, gid, mode
1921 bits and link target are stored as file attributes. For
1922 "mapped-file" these attributes are stored in the hidden
1923 .virtfs\_metadata directory. Directories exported by this
1924 security model cannot interact with other unix tools. "none"
1925 security model is same as passthrough except the sever won't
1926 report failures if it fails to set file attributes like
1927 ownership. Security model is mandatory only for local fsdriver.
1928 Other fsdrivers (like proxy) don't take security model as a
1929 parameter.
1930
1931 ``writeout=writeout``
1932 This is an optional argument. The only supported value is
1933 "immediate". This means that host page cache will be used to
1934 read and write data but write notification will be sent to the
1935 guest only when the data has been reported as written by the
1936 storage subsystem.
1937
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001938 ``readonly=on``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001939 Enables exporting 9p share as a readonly mount for guests. By
1940 default read-write access is given.
1941
1942 ``socket=socket``
1943 Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket file for
1944 communicating with virtfs-proxy-helper(1). Usually a helper like
1945 libvirt will create socketpair and pass one of the fds as
1946 sock\_fd.
1947
1948 ``sock_fd``
1949 Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed 'sock\_fd' as the
1950 socket descriptor for interfacing with virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
1951
1952 ``fmode=fmode``
1953 Specifies the default mode for newly created files on the host.
1954 Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and
1955 "mapped-file".
1956
1957 ``dmode=dmode``
1958 Specifies the default mode for newly created directories on the
1959 host. Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and
1960 "mapped-file".
1961
1962 ``mount_tag=mount_tag``
1963 Specifies the tag name to be used by the guest to mount this
1964 export point.
1965
1966 ``multidevs=multidevs``
1967 Specifies how to deal with multiple devices being shared with a
1968 9p export. Supported behaviours are either "remap", "forbid" or
1969 "warn". The latter is the default behaviour on which virtfs 9p
1970 expects only one device to be shared with the same export, and
1971 if more than one device is shared and accessed via the same 9p
1972 export then only a warning message is logged (once) by qemu on
1973 host side. In order to avoid file ID collisions on guest you
1974 should either create a separate virtfs export for each device to
1975 be shared with guests (recommended way) or you might use "remap"
1976 instead which allows you to share multiple devices with only one
1977 export instead, which is achieved by remapping the original
1978 inode numbers from host to guest in a way that would prevent
1979 such collisions. Remapping inodes in such use cases is required
1980 because the original device IDs from host are never passed and
1981 exposed on guest. Instead all files of an export shared with
1982 virtfs always share the same device id on guest. So two files
1983 with identical inode numbers but from actually different devices
1984 on host would otherwise cause a file ID collision and hence
1985 potential misbehaviours on guest. "forbid" on the other hand
1986 assumes like "warn" that only one device is shared by the same
1987 export, however it will not only log a warning message but also
1988 deny access to additional devices on guest. Note though that
1989 "forbid" does currently not block all possible file access
1990 operations (e.g. readdir() would still return entries from other
1991 devices).
1992ERST
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301993
Markus Armbruster61d70482017-10-02 16:03:03 +02001994DEF("iscsi", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_iscsi,
Daniel P. Berrangéc3b3a6c2022-12-01 04:25:05 -05001995 "-iscsi [user=user][,password=password][,password-secret=secret-id]\n"
1996 " [,header-digest=CRC32C|CR32C-NONE|NONE-CRC32C|NONE]\n"
Markus Armbruster61d70482017-10-02 16:03:03 +02001997 " [,initiator-name=initiator-iqn][,id=target-iqn]\n"
1998 " [,timeout=timeout]\n"
1999 " iSCSI session parameters\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
2000
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002001SRST
2002``-iscsi``
2003 Configure iSCSI session parameters.
2004ERST
Markus Armbruster44743142017-10-02 16:03:04 +02002005
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002006DEFHEADING()
2007
Thomas Huthc2a34ab2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01002008DEFHEADING(USB convenience options:)
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01002009
2010DEF("usb", 0, QEMU_OPTION_usb,
Stefan Hajnoczi73f46fe2019-08-15 15:14:28 +01002011 "-usb enable on-board USB host controller (if not enabled by default)\n",
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01002012 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002013SRST
2014``-usb``
2015 Enable USB emulation on machine types with an on-board USB host
2016 controller (if not enabled by default). Note that on-board USB host
2017 controllers may not support USB 3.0. In this case
2018 ``-device qemu-xhci`` can be used instead on machines with PCI.
2019ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01002020
2021DEF("usbdevice", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_usbdevice,
2022 "-usbdevice name add the host or guest USB device 'name'\n",
2023 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002024SRST
2025``-usbdevice devname``
Thomas Huthc2a34ab2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01002026 Add the USB device devname, and enable an on-board USB controller
2027 if possible and necessary (just like it can be done via
2028 ``-machine usb=on``). Note that this option is mainly intended for
2029 the user's convenience only. More fine-grained control can be
2030 achieved by selecting a USB host controller (if necessary) and the
2031 desired USB device via the ``-device`` option instead. For example,
2032 instead of using ``-usbdevice mouse`` it is possible to use
2033 ``-device qemu-xhci -device usb-mouse`` to connect the USB mouse
2034 to a USB 3.0 controller instead (at least on machines that support
2035 PCI and do not have an USB controller enabled by default yet).
2036 For more details, see the chapter about
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01002037 :ref:`Connecting USB devices` in the System Emulation Users Guide.
Thomas Huthc2a34ab2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01002038 Possible devices for devname are:
2039
2040 ``braille``
2041 Braille device. This will use BrlAPI to display the braille
2042 output on a real or fake device (i.e. it also creates a
2043 corresponding ``braille`` chardev automatically beside the
2044 ``usb-braille`` USB device).
2045
Thomas Huthc2a34ab2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01002046 ``keyboard``
2047 Standard USB keyboard. Will override the PS/2 keyboard (if present).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002048
2049 ``mouse``
2050 Virtual Mouse. This will override the PS/2 mouse emulation when
2051 activated.
2052
2053 ``tablet``
2054 Pointer device that uses absolute coordinates (like a
2055 touchscreen). This means QEMU is able to report the mouse
2056 position without having to grab the mouse. Also overrides the
2057 PS/2 mouse emulation when activated.
2058
Thomas Huthc2a34ab2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01002059 ``wacom-tablet``
2060 Wacom PenPartner USB tablet.
2061
2062
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002063ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01002064
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01002065DEFHEADING()
2066
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02002067DEFHEADING(Display options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002068
Jes Sorensen1472a952011-03-16 13:33:31 +01002069DEF("display", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_display,
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002070#if defined(CONFIG_SPICE)
Marc-André Lureaud8aec9d2019-02-21 12:07:03 +01002071 "-display spice-app[,gl=on|off]\n"
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002072#endif
2073#if defined(CONFIG_SDL)
Thomas Hutha743d602022-05-19 17:56:23 +02002074 "-display sdl[,gl=on|core|es|off][,grab-mod=<mod>][,show-cursor=on|off]\n"
2075 " [,window-close=on|off]\n"
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002076#endif
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08002077#if defined(CONFIG_GTK)
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002078 "-display gtk[,full-screen=on|off][,gl=on|off][,grab-on-hover=on|off]\n"
Felix xq Queißnerc34a9332022-07-12 15:37:53 +02002079 " [,show-tabs=on|off][,show-cursor=on|off][,window-close=on|off]\n"
Bryce Millsdbccb1a2022-10-11 13:58:21 +00002080 " [,show-menubar=on|off]\n"
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002081#endif
2082#if defined(CONFIG_VNC)
2083 "-display vnc=<display>[,<optargs>]\n"
2084#endif
2085#if defined(CONFIG_CURSES)
2086 "-display curses[,charset=<encoding>]\n"
2087#endif
Gustavo Noronha Silvaf844cdb2022-03-06 21:11:18 +09002088#if defined(CONFIG_COCOA)
Gustavo Noronha Silva4797adc2022-03-06 21:11:19 +09002089 "-display cocoa[,full-grab=on|off][,swap-opt-cmd=on|off]\n"
Gustavo Noronha Silvaf844cdb2022-03-06 21:11:18 +09002090#endif
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002091#if defined(CONFIG_OPENGL)
2092 "-display egl-headless[,rendernode=<file>]\n"
2093#endif
Marc-André Lureau142ca622021-07-15 11:53:53 +04002094#if defined(CONFIG_DBUS_DISPLAY)
2095 "-display dbus[,addr=<dbusaddr>]\n"
2096 " [,gl=on|core|es|off][,rendernode=<file>]\n"
2097#endif
Carwyn Ellis48941a52022-01-02 17:41:52 +00002098#if defined(CONFIG_COCOA)
2099 "-display cocoa[,show-cursor=on|off][,left-command-key=on|off]\n"
2100#endif
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002101 "-display none\n"
2102 " select display backend type\n"
2103 " The default display is equivalent to\n "
2104#if defined(CONFIG_GTK)
2105 "\"-display gtk\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08002106#elif defined(CONFIG_SDL)
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002107 "\"-display sdl\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08002108#elif defined(CONFIG_COCOA)
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002109 "\"-display cocoa\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08002110#elif defined(CONFIG_VNC)
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002111 "\"-vnc localhost:0,to=99,id=default\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08002112#else
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002113 "\"-display none\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08002114#endif
2115 , QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002116SRST
2117``-display type``
Thomas Huth707d93d2022-05-19 17:56:25 +02002118 Select type of display to use. Use ``-display help`` to list the available
2119 display types. Valid values for type are
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002120
Ahmed Abouziedddc71752021-06-01 19:41:18 +02002121 ``spice-app[,gl=on|off]``
2122 Start QEMU as a Spice server and launch the default Spice client
2123 application. The Spice server will redirect the serial consoles
2124 and QEMU monitors. (Since 4.0)
2125
Marc-André Lureau142ca622021-07-15 11:53:53 +04002126 ``dbus``
2127 Export the display over D-Bus interfaces. (Since 7.0)
2128
2129 The connection is registered with the "org.qemu" name (and queued when
2130 already owned).
2131
2132 ``addr=<dbusaddr>`` : D-Bus bus address to connect to.
2133
Marc-André Lureau99997822021-10-10 00:16:57 +04002134 ``p2p=yes|no`` : Use peer-to-peer connection, accepted via QMP ``add_client``.
2135
2136 ``gl=on|off|core|es`` : Use OpenGL for rendering (the D-Bus interface
2137 will share framebuffers with DMABUF file descriptors).
Marc-André Lureau142ca622021-07-15 11:53:53 +04002138
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002139 ``sdl``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002140 Display video output via SDL (usually in a separate graphics
2141 window; see the SDL documentation for other possibilities).
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002142 Valid parameters are:
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002143
Thomas Huth8e8e8442021-08-25 11:20:21 +02002144 ``grab-mod=<mods>`` : Used to select the modifier keys for toggling
John Snow450e0f22021-10-04 17:52:36 -04002145 the mouse grabbing in conjunction with the "g" key. ``<mods>`` can be
2146 either ``lshift-lctrl-lalt`` or ``rctrl``.
Thomas Huth8e8e8442021-08-25 11:20:21 +02002147
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002148 ``gl=on|off|core|es`` : Use OpenGL for displaying
2149
2150 ``show-cursor=on|off`` : Force showing the mouse cursor
2151
2152 ``window-close=on|off`` : Allow to quit qemu with window close button
2153
2154 ``gtk``
Ahmed Abouziedddc71752021-06-01 19:41:18 +02002155 Display video output in a GTK window. This interface provides
2156 drop-down menus and other UI elements to configure and control
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002157 the VM during runtime. Valid parameters are:
Ahmed Abouziedddc71752021-06-01 19:41:18 +02002158
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002159 ``full-screen=on|off`` : Start in fullscreen mode
2160
2161 ``gl=on|off`` : Use OpenGL for displaying
2162
2163 ``grab-on-hover=on|off`` : Grab keyboard input on mouse hover
2164
Felix xq Queißnerc34a9332022-07-12 15:37:53 +02002165 ``show-tabs=on|off`` : Display the tab bar for switching between the
2166 various graphical interfaces (e.g. VGA and
2167 virtual console character devices) by default.
2168
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002169 ``show-cursor=on|off`` : Force showing the mouse cursor
2170
2171 ``window-close=on|off`` : Allow to quit qemu with window close button
2172
Bryce Millsdbccb1a2022-10-11 13:58:21 +00002173 ``show-menubar=on|off`` : Display the main window menubar, defaults to "on"
2174
Jan Kratochvilc35d9372023-06-28 18:23:36 +08002175 ``zoom-to-fit=on|off`` : Expand video output to the window size,
2176 defaults to "off"
2177
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002178 ``curses[,charset=<encoding>]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002179 Display video output via curses. For graphics device models
2180 which support a text mode, QEMU can display this output using a
2181 curses/ncurses interface. Nothing is displayed when the graphics
2182 device is in graphical mode or if the graphics device does not
2183 support a text mode. Generally only the VGA device models
2184 support text mode. The font charset used by the guest can be
2185 specified with the ``charset`` option, for example
2186 ``charset=CP850`` for IBM CP850 encoding. The default is
2187 ``CP437``.
2188
Carwyn Ellis48941a52022-01-02 17:41:52 +00002189 ``cocoa``
2190 Display video output in a Cocoa window. Mac only. This interface
2191 provides drop-down menus and other UI elements to configure and
2192 control the VM during runtime. Valid parameters are:
2193
2194 ``show-cursor=on|off`` : Force showing the mouse cursor
2195
2196 ``left-command-key=on|off`` : Disable forwarding left command key to host
2197
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002198 ``egl-headless[,rendernode=<file>]``
Ahmed Abouziedddc71752021-06-01 19:41:18 +02002199 Offload all OpenGL operations to a local DRI device. For any
2200 graphical display, this display needs to be paired with either
2201 VNC or SPICE displays.
2202
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002203 ``vnc=<display>``
2204 Start a VNC server on display <display>
2205
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002206 ``none``
2207 Do not display video output. The guest will still see an
2208 emulated graphics card, but its output will not be displayed to
2209 the QEMU user. This option differs from the -nographic option in
2210 that it only affects what is done with video output; -nographic
2211 also changes the destination of the serial and parallel port
2212 data.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002213ERST
Jes Sorensen1472a952011-03-16 13:33:31 +01002214
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002215DEF("nographic", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nographic,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002216 "-nographic disable graphical output and redirect serial I/Os to console\n",
2217 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002218SRST
2219``-nographic``
2220 Normally, if QEMU is compiled with graphical window support, it
2221 displays output such as guest graphics, guest console, and the QEMU
2222 monitor in a window. With this option, you can totally disable
2223 graphical output so that QEMU is a simple command line application.
2224 The emulated serial port is redirected on the console and muxed with
2225 the monitor (unless redirected elsewhere explicitly). Therefore, you
2226 can still use QEMU to debug a Linux kernel with a serial console.
2227 Use C-a h for help on switching between the console and monitor.
2228ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002229
Marc-André Lureau5324e3e2021-09-09 12:44:11 +04002230#ifdef CONFIG_SPICE
Gerd Hoffmann29b00402010-03-11 11:13:27 -03002231DEF("spice", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_spice,
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03002232 "-spice [port=port][,tls-port=secured-port][,x509-dir=<dir>]\n"
2233 " [,x509-key-file=<file>][,x509-key-password=<file>]\n"
2234 " [,x509-cert-file=<file>][,x509-cacert-file=<file>]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002235 " [,x509-dh-key-file=<file>][,addr=addr]\n"
2236 " [,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,unix=on|off]\n"
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03002237 " [,tls-ciphers=<list>]\n"
2238 " [,tls-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]]\n"
2239 " [,plaintext-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangé99522f62021-03-11 11:43:42 +00002240 " [,sasl=on|off][,disable-ticketing=on|off]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangé36debaf2022-12-01 04:22:11 -05002241 " [,password-secret=<secret-id>]\n"
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03002242 " [,image-compression=[auto_glz|auto_lz|quic|glz|lz|off]]\n"
2243 " [,jpeg-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]]\n"
2244 " [,zlib-glz-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002245 " [,streaming-video=[off|all|filter]][,disable-copy-paste=on|off]\n"
2246 " [,disable-agent-file-xfer=on|off][,agent-mouse=[on|off]]\n"
Hans de Goede5ad24e52013-06-08 15:37:27 +02002247 " [,playback-compression=[on|off]][,seamless-migration=[on|off]]\n"
Marc-André Lureau7b525502017-02-12 15:21:18 +04002248 " [,gl=[on|off]][,rendernode=<file>]\n"
Thomas Hutha635bcf2023-07-03 09:56:46 +02002249 " enable spice\n"
2250 " at least one of {port, tls-port} is mandatory\n",
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03002251 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Marc-André Lureau5324e3e2021-09-09 12:44:11 +04002252#endif
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002253SRST
2254``-spice option[,option[,...]]``
2255 Enable the spice remote desktop protocol. Valid options are
2256
2257 ``port=<nr>``
2258 Set the TCP port spice is listening on for plaintext channels.
2259
2260 ``addr=<addr>``
2261 Set the IP address spice is listening on. Default is any
2262 address.
2263
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002264 ``ipv4=on|off``; \ ``ipv6=on|off``; \ ``unix=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002265 Force using the specified IP version.
2266
Daniel P. Berrangé99522f62021-03-11 11:43:42 +00002267 ``password-secret=<secret-id>``
2268 Set the ID of the ``secret`` object containing the password
2269 you need to authenticate.
2270
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002271 ``sasl=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002272 Require that the client use SASL to authenticate with the spice.
2273 The exact choice of authentication method used is controlled
2274 from the system / user's SASL configuration file for the 'qemu'
2275 service. This is typically found in /etc/sasl2/qemu.conf. If
2276 running QEMU as an unprivileged user, an environment variable
2277 SASL\_CONF\_PATH can be used to make it search alternate
2278 locations for the service config. While some SASL auth methods
2279 can also provide data encryption (eg GSSAPI), it is recommended
2280 that SASL always be combined with the 'tls' and 'x509' settings
2281 to enable use of SSL and server certificates. This ensures a
2282 data encryption preventing compromise of authentication
2283 credentials.
2284
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002285 ``disable-ticketing=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002286 Allow client connects without authentication.
2287
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002288 ``disable-copy-paste=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002289 Disable copy paste between the client and the guest.
2290
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002291 ``disable-agent-file-xfer=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002292 Disable spice-vdagent based file-xfer between the client and the
2293 guest.
2294
2295 ``tls-port=<nr>``
2296 Set the TCP port spice is listening on for encrypted channels.
2297
2298 ``x509-dir=<dir>``
2299 Set the x509 file directory. Expects same filenames as -vnc
2300 $display,x509=$dir
2301
2302 ``x509-key-file=<file>``; \ ``x509-key-password=<file>``; \ ``x509-cert-file=<file>``; \ ``x509-cacert-file=<file>``; \ ``x509-dh-key-file=<file>``
2303 The x509 file names can also be configured individually.
2304
2305 ``tls-ciphers=<list>``
2306 Specify which ciphers to use.
2307
2308 ``tls-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]``; \ ``plaintext-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]``
2309 Force specific channel to be used with or without TLS
2310 encryption. The options can be specified multiple times to
2311 configure multiple channels. The special name "default" can be
2312 used to set the default mode. For channels which are not
2313 explicitly forced into one mode the spice client is allowed to
2314 pick tls/plaintext as he pleases.
2315
2316 ``image-compression=[auto_glz|auto_lz|quic|glz|lz|off]``
2317 Configure image compression (lossless). Default is auto\_glz.
2318
2319 ``jpeg-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]``; \ ``zlib-glz-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]``
2320 Configure wan image compression (lossy for slow links). Default
2321 is auto.
2322
2323 ``streaming-video=[off|all|filter]``
2324 Configure video stream detection. Default is off.
2325
2326 ``agent-mouse=[on|off]``
2327 Enable/disable passing mouse events via vdagent. Default is on.
2328
2329 ``playback-compression=[on|off]``
2330 Enable/disable audio stream compression (using celt 0.5.1).
2331 Default is on.
2332
2333 ``seamless-migration=[on|off]``
2334 Enable/disable spice seamless migration. Default is off.
2335
2336 ``gl=[on|off]``
2337 Enable/disable OpenGL context. Default is off.
2338
2339 ``rendernode=<file>``
2340 DRM render node for OpenGL rendering. If not specified, it will
2341 pick the first available. (Since 2.9)
2342ERST
Gerd Hoffmann29b00402010-03-11 11:13:27 -03002343
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002344DEF("portrait", 0, QEMU_OPTION_portrait,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002345 "-portrait rotate graphical output 90 deg left (only PXA LCD)\n",
2346 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002347SRST
2348``-portrait``
2349 Rotate graphical output 90 deg left (only PXA LCD).
2350ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002351
Vasily Khoruzhick93128052011-06-17 13:04:36 +03002352DEF("rotate", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_rotate,
2353 "-rotate <deg> rotate graphical output some deg left (only PXA LCD)\n",
2354 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002355SRST
2356``-rotate deg``
2357 Rotate graphical output some deg left (only PXA LCD).
2358ERST
Vasily Khoruzhick93128052011-06-17 13:04:36 +03002359
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002360DEF("vga", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_vga,
Gerd Hoffmanna94f0c52014-09-10 14:28:48 +02002361 "-vga [std|cirrus|vmware|qxl|xenfb|tcx|cg3|virtio|none]\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002362 " select video card type\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002363SRST
2364``-vga type``
2365 Select type of VGA card to emulate. Valid values for type are
2366
2367 ``cirrus``
2368 Cirrus Logic GD5446 Video card. All Windows versions starting
2369 from Windows 95 should recognize and use this graphic card. For
2370 optimal performances, use 16 bit color depth in the guest and
2371 the host OS. (This card was the default before QEMU 2.2)
2372
2373 ``std``
2374 Standard VGA card with Bochs VBE extensions. If your guest OS
2375 supports the VESA 2.0 VBE extensions (e.g. Windows XP) and if
2376 you want to use high resolution modes (>= 1280x1024x16) then you
2377 should use this option. (This card is the default since QEMU
2378 2.2)
2379
2380 ``vmware``
2381 VMWare SVGA-II compatible adapter. Use it if you have
2382 sufficiently recent XFree86/XOrg server or Windows guest with a
2383 driver for this card.
2384
2385 ``qxl``
2386 QXL paravirtual graphic card. It is VGA compatible (including
2387 VESA 2.0 VBE support). Works best with qxl guest drivers
2388 installed though. Recommended choice when using the spice
2389 protocol.
2390
2391 ``tcx``
2392 (sun4m only) Sun TCX framebuffer. This is the default
2393 framebuffer for sun4m machines and offers both 8-bit and 24-bit
2394 colour depths at a fixed resolution of 1024x768.
2395
2396 ``cg3``
2397 (sun4m only) Sun cgthree framebuffer. This is a simple 8-bit
2398 framebuffer for sun4m machines available in both 1024x768
2399 (OpenBIOS) and 1152x900 (OBP) resolutions aimed at people
2400 wishing to run older Solaris versions.
2401
2402 ``virtio``
2403 Virtio VGA card.
2404
2405 ``none``
2406 Disable VGA card.
2407ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002408
2409DEF("full-screen", 0, QEMU_OPTION_full_screen,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002410 "-full-screen start in full screen\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002411SRST
2412``-full-screen``
2413 Start in full screen.
2414ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002415
John Snow60f9a4e2020-02-04 11:56:38 -05002416DEF("g", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_g ,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002417 "-g WxH[xDEPTH] Set the initial graphical resolution and depth\n",
Laurent Vivier8ac919a2019-10-26 18:45:43 +02002418 QEMU_ARCH_PPC | QEMU_ARCH_SPARC | QEMU_ARCH_M68K)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002419SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00002420``-g`` *width*\ ``x``\ *height*\ ``[x``\ *depth*\ ``]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002421 Set the initial graphical resolution and depth (PPC, SPARC only).
2422
2423 For PPC the default is 800x600x32.
2424
2425 For SPARC with the TCX graphics device, the default is 1024x768x8
2426 with the option of 1024x768x24. For cgthree, the default is
2427 1024x768x8 with the option of 1152x900x8 for people who wish to use
2428 OBP.
2429ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002430
Marc-André Lureau62611642023-10-25 17:05:08 +04002431#ifdef CONFIG_VNC
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002432DEF("vnc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_vnc ,
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08002433 "-vnc <display> shorthand for -display vnc=<display>\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Marc-André Lureau62611642023-10-25 17:05:08 +04002434#endif
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002435SRST
2436``-vnc display[,option[,option[,...]]]``
2437 Normally, if QEMU is compiled with graphical window support, it
2438 displays output such as guest graphics, guest console, and the QEMU
2439 monitor in a window. With this option, you can have QEMU listen on
2440 VNC display display and redirect the VGA display over the VNC
2441 session. It is very useful to enable the usb tablet device when
2442 using this option (option ``-device usb-tablet``). When using the
2443 VNC display, you must use the ``-k`` parameter to set the keyboard
2444 layout if you are not using en-us. Valid syntax for the display is
2445
2446 ``to=L``
2447 With this option, QEMU will try next available VNC displays,
2448 until the number L, if the origianlly defined "-vnc display" is
2449 not available, e.g. port 5900+display is already used by another
2450 application. By default, to=0.
2451
2452 ``host:d``
2453 TCP connections will only be allowed from host on display d. By
2454 convention the TCP port is 5900+d. Optionally, host can be
2455 omitted in which case the server will accept connections from
2456 any host.
2457
2458 ``unix:path``
2459 Connections will be allowed over UNIX domain sockets where path
2460 is the location of a unix socket to listen for connections on.
2461
2462 ``none``
2463 VNC is initialized but not started. The monitor ``change``
2464 command can be used to later start the VNC server.
2465
2466 Following the display value there may be one or more option flags
2467 separated by commas. Valid options are
2468
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002469 ``reverse=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002470 Connect to a listening VNC client via a "reverse" connection.
2471 The client is specified by the display. For reverse network
2472 connections (host:d,``reverse``), the d argument is a TCP port
2473 number, not a display number.
2474
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002475 ``websocket=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002476 Opens an additional TCP listening port dedicated to VNC
2477 Websocket connections. If a bare websocket option is given, the
2478 Websocket port is 5700+display. An alternative port can be
2479 specified with the syntax ``websocket``\ =port.
2480
2481 If host is specified connections will only be allowed from this
2482 host. It is possible to control the websocket listen address
2483 independently, using the syntax ``websocket``\ =host:port.
2484
2485 If no TLS credentials are provided, the websocket connection
2486 runs in unencrypted mode. If TLS credentials are provided, the
2487 websocket connection requires encrypted client connections.
2488
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002489 ``password=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002490 Require that password based authentication is used for client
2491 connections.
2492
2493 The password must be set separately using the ``set_password``
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01002494 command in the :ref:`QEMU monitor`. The
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002495 syntax to change your password is:
2496 ``set_password <protocol> <password>`` where <protocol> could be
2497 either "vnc" or "spice".
2498
2499 If you would like to change <protocol> password expiration, you
2500 should use ``expire_password <protocol> <expiration-time>``
2501 where expiration time could be one of the following options:
2502 now, never, +seconds or UNIX time of expiration, e.g. +60 to
2503 make password expire in 60 seconds, or 1335196800 to make
2504 password expire on "Mon Apr 23 12:00:00 EDT 2012" (UNIX time for
2505 this date and time).
2506
2507 You can also use keywords "now" or "never" for the expiration
2508 time to allow <protocol> password to expire immediately or never
2509 expire.
2510
Daniel P. Berrangé6c6840e2021-03-11 11:43:41 +00002511 ``password-secret=<secret-id>``
2512 Require that password based authentication is used for client
2513 connections, using the password provided by the ``secret``
2514 object identified by ``secret-id``.
2515
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002516 ``tls-creds=ID``
2517 Provides the ID of a set of TLS credentials to use to secure the
2518 VNC server. They will apply to both the normal VNC server socket
2519 and the websocket socket (if enabled). Setting TLS credentials
2520 will cause the VNC server socket to enable the VeNCrypt auth
2521 mechanism. The credentials should have been previously created
2522 using the ``-object tls-creds`` argument.
2523
2524 ``tls-authz=ID``
2525 Provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object against which
2526 the client's x509 distinguished name will validated. This object
2527 is only resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and recreated
2528 on the fly while the VNC server is active. If missing, it will
2529 default to denying access.
2530
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002531 ``sasl=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002532 Require that the client use SASL to authenticate with the VNC
2533 server. The exact choice of authentication method used is
2534 controlled from the system / user's SASL configuration file for
2535 the 'qemu' service. This is typically found in
2536 /etc/sasl2/qemu.conf. If running QEMU as an unprivileged user,
2537 an environment variable SASL\_CONF\_PATH can be used to make it
2538 search alternate locations for the service config. While some
2539 SASL auth methods can also provide data encryption (eg GSSAPI),
2540 it is recommended that SASL always be combined with the 'tls'
2541 and 'x509' settings to enable use of SSL and server
2542 certificates. This ensures a data encryption preventing
2543 compromise of authentication credentials. See the
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01002544 :ref:`VNC security` section in the System Emulation Users Guide
2545 for details on using SASL authentication.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002546
2547 ``sasl-authz=ID``
2548 Provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object against which
2549 the client's SASL username will validated. This object is only
2550 resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and recreated on the
2551 fly while the VNC server is active. If missing, it will default
2552 to denying access.
2553
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002554 ``acl=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002555 Legacy method for enabling authorization of clients against the
2556 x509 distinguished name and SASL username. It results in the
2557 creation of two ``authz-list`` objects with IDs of
2558 ``vnc.username`` and ``vnc.x509dname``. The rules for these
2559 objects must be configured with the HMP ACL commands.
2560
2561 This option is deprecated and should no longer be used. The new
2562 ``sasl-authz`` and ``tls-authz`` options are a replacement.
2563
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002564 ``lossy=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002565 Enable lossy compression methods (gradient, JPEG, ...). If this
2566 option is set, VNC client may receive lossy framebuffer updates
2567 depending on its encoding settings. Enabling this option can
2568 save a lot of bandwidth at the expense of quality.
2569
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002570 ``non-adaptive=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002571 Disable adaptive encodings. Adaptive encodings are enabled by
2572 default. An adaptive encoding will try to detect frequently
2573 updated screen regions, and send updates in these regions using
2574 a lossy encoding (like JPEG). This can be really helpful to save
2575 bandwidth when playing videos. Disabling adaptive encodings
2576 restores the original static behavior of encodings like Tight.
2577
2578 ``share=[allow-exclusive|force-shared|ignore]``
2579 Set display sharing policy. 'allow-exclusive' allows clients to
2580 ask for exclusive access. As suggested by the rfb spec this is
2581 implemented by dropping other connections. Connecting multiple
2582 clients in parallel requires all clients asking for a shared
2583 session (vncviewer: -shared switch). This is the default.
2584 'force-shared' disables exclusive client access. Useful for
2585 shared desktop sessions, where you don't want someone forgetting
2586 specify -shared disconnect everybody else. 'ignore' completely
2587 ignores the shared flag and allows everybody connect
2588 unconditionally. Doesn't conform to the rfb spec but is
2589 traditional QEMU behavior.
2590
2591 ``key-delay-ms``
2592 Set keyboard delay, for key down and key up events, in
2593 milliseconds. Default is 10. Keyboards are low-bandwidth
2594 devices, so this slowdown can help the device and guest to keep
2595 up and not lose events in case events are arriving in bulk.
2596 Possible causes for the latter are flaky network connections, or
2597 scripts for automated testing.
2598
2599 ``audiodev=audiodev``
2600 Use the specified audiodev when the VNC client requests audio
2601 transmission. When not using an -audiodev argument, this option
2602 must be omitted, otherwise is must be present and specify a
2603 valid audiodev.
Daniel P. Berrangé7b5fa0b2020-12-11 16:08:25 +00002604
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002605 ``power-control=on|off``
Daniel P. Berrangé7b5fa0b2020-12-11 16:08:25 +00002606 Permit the remote client to issue shutdown, reboot or reset power
2607 control requests.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002608ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002609
Michael Ellermana3adb7a2011-12-19 17:19:31 +11002610ARCHHEADING(, QEMU_ARCH_I386)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002611
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02002612ARCHHEADING(i386 target only:, QEMU_ARCH_I386)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002613
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002614DEF("win2k-hack", 0, QEMU_OPTION_win2k_hack,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002615 "-win2k-hack use it when installing Windows 2000 to avoid a disk full bug\n",
2616 QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002617SRST
2618``-win2k-hack``
2619 Use it when installing Windows 2000 to avoid a disk full bug. After
2620 Windows 2000 is installed, you no longer need this option (this
2621 option slows down the IDE transfers).
2622ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002623
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002624DEF("no-fd-bootchk", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_fd_bootchk,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002625 "-no-fd-bootchk disable boot signature checking for floppy disks\n",
2626 QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002627SRST
2628``-no-fd-bootchk``
2629 Disable boot signature checking for floppy disks in BIOS. May be
2630 needed to boot from old floppy disks.
2631ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002632
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002633DEF("no-acpi", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_acpi,
Shannon Zhaof5d8c8c2015-05-29 11:28:54 +01002634 "-no-acpi disable ACPI\n", QEMU_ARCH_I386 | QEMU_ARCH_ARM)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002635SRST
2636``-no-acpi``
2637 Disable ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) support.
2638 Use it if your guest OS complains about ACPI problems (PC target
2639 machine only).
2640ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002641
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002642DEF("no-hpet", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_hpet,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002643 "-no-hpet disable HPET\n", QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002644SRST
2645``-no-hpet``
Thomas Huthdf373302022-12-29 12:49:13 +01002646 Disable HPET support. Deprecated, use '-machine hpet=off' instead.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002647ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002648
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002649DEF("acpitable", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_acpitable,
Michael Tokarev104bf022011-05-12 18:44:17 +04002650 "-acpitable [sig=str][,rev=n][,oem_id=str][,oem_table_id=str][,oem_rev=n][,asl_compiler_id=str][,asl_compiler_rev=n][,{data|file}=file1[:file2]...]\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002651 " ACPI table description\n", QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002652SRST
2653``-acpitable [sig=str][,rev=n][,oem_id=str][,oem_table_id=str][,oem_rev=n] [,asl_compiler_id=str][,asl_compiler_rev=n][,data=file1[:file2]...]``
2654 Add ACPI table with specified header fields and context from
2655 specified files. For file=, take whole ACPI table from the specified
2656 files, including all ACPI headers (possible overridden by other
2657 options). For data=, only data portion of the table is used, all
2658 header information is specified in the command line. If a SLIC table
2659 is supplied to QEMU, then the SLIC's oem\_id and oem\_table\_id
2660 fields will override the same in the RSDT and the FADT (a.k.a.
2661 FACP), in order to ensure the field matches required by the
2662 Microsoft SLIC spec and the ACPI spec.
2663ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002664
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002665DEF("smbios", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_smbios,
2666 "-smbios file=binary\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002667 " load SMBIOS entry from binary file\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002668 "-smbios type=0[,vendor=str][,version=str][,date=str][,release=%d.%d]\n"
2669 " [,uefi=on|off]\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002670 " specify SMBIOS type 0 fields\n"
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002671 "-smbios type=1[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n"
2672 " [,uuid=uuid][,sku=str][,family=str]\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002673 " specify SMBIOS type 1 fields\n"
2674 "-smbios type=2[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n"
2675 " [,asset=str][,location=str]\n"
2676 " specify SMBIOS type 2 fields\n"
2677 "-smbios type=3[,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str]\n"
2678 " [,sku=str]\n"
2679 " specify SMBIOS type 3 fields\n"
2680 "-smbios type=4[,sock_pfx=str][,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n"
Ying Fangc906e032020-08-06 11:56:33 +08002681 " [,asset=str][,part=str][,max-speed=%d][,current-speed=%d]\n"
Patrick Venturecb5fb042022-01-25 08:31:18 -08002682 " [,processor-id=%d]\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002683 " specify SMBIOS type 4 fields\n"
Hal Martinfd8caa22022-08-12 15:51:53 +02002684 "-smbios type=8[,external_reference=str][,internal_reference=str][,connector_type=%d][,port_type=%d]\n"
2685 " specify SMBIOS type 8 fields\n"
Daniel P. Berrangé48a7ff42020-09-23 14:38:04 +01002686 "-smbios type=11[,value=str][,path=filename]\n"
2687 " specify SMBIOS type 11 fields\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002688 "-smbios type=17[,loc_pfx=str][,bank=str][,manufacturer=str][,serial=str]\n"
Gabriel L. Somlo3ebd6cc2015-03-11 13:58:01 -04002689 " [,asset=str][,part=str][,speed=%d]\n"
Vincent Bernat05dfb442021-04-01 19:11:38 +02002690 " specify SMBIOS type 17 fields\n"
2691 "-smbios type=41[,designation=str][,kind=str][,instance=%d][,pcidev=str]\n"
2692 " specify SMBIOS type 41 fields\n",
Song Gao4934cc52023-02-07 17:04:06 +08002693 QEMU_ARCH_I386 | QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_LOONGARCH)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002694SRST
2695``-smbios file=binary``
2696 Load SMBIOS entry from binary file.
2697
2698``-smbios type=0[,vendor=str][,version=str][,date=str][,release=%d.%d][,uefi=on|off]``
2699 Specify SMBIOS type 0 fields
2700
2701``-smbios type=1[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,uuid=uuid][,sku=str][,family=str]``
2702 Specify SMBIOS type 1 fields
2703
2704``-smbios type=2[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,location=str]``
2705 Specify SMBIOS type 2 fields
2706
2707``-smbios type=3[,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,sku=str]``
2708 Specify SMBIOS type 3 fields
2709
Patrick Venturecb5fb042022-01-25 08:31:18 -08002710``-smbios type=4[,sock_pfx=str][,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,part=str][,processor-id=%d]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002711 Specify SMBIOS type 4 fields
2712
Daniel P. Berrangé48a7ff42020-09-23 14:38:04 +01002713``-smbios type=11[,value=str][,path=filename]``
2714 Specify SMBIOS type 11 fields
2715
2716 This argument can be repeated multiple times, and values are added in the order they are parsed.
2717 Applications intending to use OEM strings data are encouraged to use their application name as
2718 a prefix for the value string. This facilitates passing information for multiple applications
2719 concurrently.
2720
2721 The ``value=str`` syntax provides the string data inline, while the ``path=filename`` syntax
2722 loads data from a file on disk. Note that the file is not permitted to contain any NUL bytes.
2723
2724 Both the ``value`` and ``path`` options can be repeated multiple times and will be added to
2725 the SMBIOS table in the order in which they appear.
2726
2727 Note that on the x86 architecture, the total size of all SMBIOS tables is limited to 65535
2728 bytes. Thus the OEM strings data is not suitable for passing large amounts of data into the
2729 guest. Instead it should be used as a indicator to inform the guest where to locate the real
2730 data set, for example, by specifying the serial ID of a block device.
2731
2732 An example passing three strings is
2733
2734 .. parsed-literal::
2735
2736 -smbios type=11,value=cloud-init:ds=nocloud-net;s=http://10.10.0.1:8000/,\\
2737 value=anaconda:method=http://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/25/x86_64/os,\\
2738 path=/some/file/with/oemstringsdata.txt
2739
2740 In the guest OS this is visible with the ``dmidecode`` command
2741
2742 .. parsed-literal::
2743
2744 $ dmidecode -t 11
2745 Handle 0x0E00, DMI type 11, 5 bytes
2746 OEM Strings
2747 String 1: cloud-init:ds=nocloud-net;s=http://10.10.0.1:8000/
2748 String 2: anaconda:method=http://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/25/x86_64/os
2749 String 3: myapp:some extra data
2750
2751
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002752``-smbios type=17[,loc_pfx=str][,bank=str][,manufacturer=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,part=str][,speed=%d]``
2753 Specify SMBIOS type 17 fields
Vincent Bernat05dfb442021-04-01 19:11:38 +02002754
2755``-smbios type=41[,designation=str][,kind=str][,instance=%d][,pcidev=str]``
2756 Specify SMBIOS type 41 fields
2757
2758 This argument can be repeated multiple times. Its main use is to allow network interfaces be created
2759 as ``enoX`` on Linux, with X being the instance number, instead of the name depending on the interface
2760 position on the PCI bus.
2761
2762 Here is an example of use:
2763
2764 .. parsed-literal::
2765
2766 -netdev user,id=internet \\
2767 -device virtio-net-pci,mac=50:54:00:00:00:42,netdev=internet,id=internet-dev \\
2768 -smbios type=41,designation='Onboard LAN',instance=1,kind=ethernet,pcidev=internet-dev
2769
2770 In the guest OS, the device should then appear as ``eno1``:
2771
2772 ..parsed-literal::
2773
2774 $ ip -brief l
2775 lo UNKNOWN 00:00:00:00:00:00 <LOOPBACK,UP,LOWER_UP>
2776 eno1 UP 50:54:00:00:00:42 <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP>
2777
2778 Currently, the PCI device has to be attached to the root bus.
2779
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002780ERST
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002781
Markus Armbrusterc70a01e2013-02-13 19:49:40 +01002782DEFHEADING()
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002783
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02002784DEFHEADING(Network options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002785
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002786DEF("netdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_netdev,
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002787#ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP
Daniel P. Berrangé8b0dc242021-02-16 19:10:21 +00002788 "-netdev user,id=str[,ipv4=on|off][,net=addr[/mask]][,host=addr]\n"
2789 " [,ipv6=on|off][,ipv6-net=addr[/int]][,ipv6-host=addr]\n"
Samuel Thibault0b11c032016-03-20 12:29:54 +01002790 " [,restrict=on|off][,hostname=host][,dhcpstart=addr]\n"
Benjamin Drungf18d1372018-02-27 17:06:01 +01002791 " [,dns=addr][,ipv6-dns=addr][,dnssearch=domain][,domainname=domain]\n"
Fam Zheng0fca92b2018-09-14 15:26:16 +08002792 " [,tftp=dir][,tftp-server-name=name][,bootfile=f][,hostfwd=rule][,guestfwd=rule]"
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002793#ifndef _WIN32
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002794 "[,smb=dir[,smbserver=addr]]\n"
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002795#endif
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002796 " configure a user mode network backend with ID 'str',\n"
2797 " its DHCP server and optional services\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002798#endif
2799#ifdef _WIN32
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002800 "-netdev tap,id=str,ifname=name\n"
2801 " configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str'\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002802#else
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002803 "-netdev tap,id=str[,fd=h][,fds=x:y:...:z][,ifname=name][,script=file][,downscript=dfile]\n"
Alexey Kardashevskiy584613e2016-09-13 17:11:54 +10002804 " [,br=bridge][,helper=helper][,sndbuf=nbytes][,vnet_hdr=on|off][,vhost=on|off]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002805 " [,vhostfd=h][,vhostfds=x:y:...:z][,vhostforce=on|off][,queues=n]\n"
Jason Wang69e87b32016-07-06 09:57:55 +08002806 " [,poll-us=n]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002807 " configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str'\n"
Alexey Kardashevskiy584613e2016-09-13 17:11:54 +10002808 " connected to a bridge (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_INTERFACE ")\n"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002809 " use network scripts 'file' (default=" DEFAULT_NETWORK_SCRIPT ")\n"
2810 " to configure it and 'dfile' (default=" DEFAULT_NETWORK_DOWN_SCRIPT ")\n"
2811 " to deconfigure it\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002812 " use '[down]script=no' to disable script execution\n"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002813 " use network helper 'helper' (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_HELPER ") to\n"
2814 " configure it\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002815 " use 'fd=h' to connect to an already opened TAP interface\n"
Jason Wang2ca81ba2013-02-20 18:04:01 +08002816 " use 'fds=x:y:...:z' to connect to already opened multiqueue capable TAP interfaces\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002817 " use 'sndbuf=nbytes' to limit the size of the send buffer (the\n"
Michael S. Tsirkinf157ed22011-02-01 14:25:40 +02002818 " default is disabled 'sndbuf=0' to enable flow control set 'sndbuf=1048576')\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002819 " use vnet_hdr=off to avoid enabling the IFF_VNET_HDR tap flag\n"
2820 " use vnet_hdr=on to make the lack of IFF_VNET_HDR support an error condition\n"
Michael S. Tsirkin82b0d802010-03-17 13:08:24 +02002821 " use vhost=on to enable experimental in kernel accelerator\n"
mst@redhat.com5430a282011-02-01 22:13:42 +02002822 " (only has effect for virtio guests which use MSIX)\n"
2823 " use vhostforce=on to force vhost on for non-MSIX virtio guests\n"
Michael S. Tsirkin82b0d802010-03-17 13:08:24 +02002824 " use 'vhostfd=h' to connect to an already opened vhost net device\n"
Jason Wang2ca81ba2013-02-20 18:04:01 +08002825 " use 'vhostfds=x:y:...:z to connect to multiple already opened vhost net devices\n"
Jason Wangec396012013-02-22 22:57:52 +08002826 " use 'queues=n' to specify the number of queues to be created for multiqueue TAP\n"
Michael Tokarevcba42d62021-03-09 14:15:10 +03002827 " use 'poll-us=n' to specify the maximum number of microseconds that could be\n"
Jason Wang69e87b32016-07-06 09:57:55 +08002828 " spent on busy polling for vhost net\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002829 "-netdev bridge,id=str[,br=bridge][,helper=helper]\n"
2830 " configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str' that is\n"
2831 " connected to a bridge (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_INTERFACE ")\n"
2832 " using the program 'helper (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_HELPER ")\n"
Mark McLoughlin0df0ff62009-06-18 18:21:34 +01002833#endif
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002834#ifdef __linux__
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002835 "-netdev l2tpv3,id=str,src=srcaddr,dst=dstaddr[,srcport=srcport][,dstport=dstport]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangé8b0dc242021-02-16 19:10:21 +00002836 " [,rxsession=rxsession],txsession=txsession[,ipv6=on|off][,udp=on|off]\n"
2837 " [,cookie64=on|off][,counter][,pincounter][,txcookie=txcookie]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002838 " [,rxcookie=rxcookie][,offset=offset]\n"
2839 " configure a network backend with ID 'str' connected to\n"
2840 " an Ethernet over L2TPv3 pseudowire.\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002841 " Linux kernel 3.3+ as well as most routers can talk\n"
Michael Tokarev2f47b402014-07-24 20:10:17 +04002842 " L2TPv3. This transport allows connecting a VM to a VM,\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002843 " VM to a router and even VM to Host. It is a nearly-universal\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi21843dc2020-02-29 11:17:27 +00002844 " standard (RFC3931). Note - this implementation uses static\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002845 " pre-configured tunnels (same as the Linux kernel).\n"
2846 " use 'src=' to specify source address\n"
2847 " use 'dst=' to specify destination address\n"
2848 " use 'udp=on' to specify udp encapsulation\n"
Gonglei39526512014-08-14 14:35:48 +08002849 " use 'srcport=' to specify source udp port\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002850 " use 'dstport=' to specify destination udp port\n"
2851 " use 'ipv6=on' to force v6\n"
2852 " L2TPv3 uses cookies to prevent misconfiguration as\n"
2853 " well as a weak security measure\n"
2854 " use 'rxcookie=0x012345678' to specify a rxcookie\n"
2855 " use 'txcookie=0x012345678' to specify a txcookie\n"
2856 " use 'cookie64=on' to set cookie size to 64 bit, otherwise 32\n"
2857 " use 'counter=off' to force a 'cut-down' L2TPv3 with no counter\n"
2858 " use 'pincounter=on' to work around broken counter handling in peer\n"
2859 " use 'offset=X' to add an extra offset between header and data\n"
2860#endif
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002861 "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,listen=[host]:port][,connect=host:port]\n"
2862 " configure a network backend to connect to another network\n"
2863 " using a socket connection\n"
2864 "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,mcast=maddr:port[,localaddr=addr]]\n"
2865 " configure a network backend to connect to a multicast maddr and port\n"
Mike Ryan3a75e742010-12-01 11:16:47 -08002866 " use 'localaddr=addr' to specify the host address to send packets from\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002867 "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,udp=host:port][,localaddr=host:port]\n"
2868 " configure a network backend to connect to another network\n"
2869 " using an UDP tunnel\n"
Laurent Vivier148fbf02023-01-19 11:16:45 +01002870 "-netdev stream,id=str[,server=on|off],addr.type=inet,addr.host=host,addr.port=port[,to=maxport][,numeric=on|off][,keep-alive=on|off][,mptcp=on|off][,addr.ipv4=on|off][,addr.ipv6=on|off][,reconnect=seconds]\n"
2871 "-netdev stream,id=str[,server=on|off],addr.type=unix,addr.path=path[,abstract=on|off][,tight=on|off][,reconnect=seconds]\n"
2872 "-netdev stream,id=str[,server=on|off],addr.type=fd,addr.str=file-descriptor[,reconnect=seconds]\n"
Laurent Vivier5166fe02022-10-21 11:09:11 +02002873 " configure a network backend to connect to another network\n"
2874 " using a socket connection in stream mode.\n"
2875 "-netdev dgram,id=str,remote.type=inet,remote.host=maddr,remote.port=port[,local.type=inet,local.host=addr]\n"
2876 "-netdev dgram,id=str,remote.type=inet,remote.host=maddr,remote.port=port[,local.type=fd,local.str=file-descriptor]\n"
2877 " configure a network backend to connect to a multicast maddr and port\n"
2878 " use ``local.host=addr`` to specify the host address to send packets from\n"
2879 "-netdev dgram,id=str,local.type=inet,local.host=addr,local.port=port[,remote.type=inet,remote.host=addr,remote.port=port]\n"
Laurent Vivier784e7a22022-10-21 11:09:17 +02002880 "-netdev dgram,id=str,local.type=unix,local.path=path[,remote.type=unix,remote.path=path]\n"
Laurent Vivier5166fe02022-10-21 11:09:11 +02002881 "-netdev dgram,id=str,local.type=fd,local.str=file-descriptor\n"
2882 " configure a network backend to connect to another network\n"
2883 " using an UDP tunnel\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002884#ifdef CONFIG_VDE
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002885 "-netdev vde,id=str[,sock=socketpath][,port=n][,group=groupname][,mode=octalmode]\n"
2886 " configure a network backend to connect to port 'n' of a vde switch\n"
2887 " running on host and listening for incoming connections on 'socketpath'.\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002888 " Use group 'groupname' and mode 'octalmode' to change default\n"
2889 " ownership and permissions for communication port.\n"
2890#endif
Vincenzo Maffione58952132013-11-06 11:44:06 +01002891#ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002892 "-netdev netmap,id=str,ifname=name[,devname=nmname]\n"
Vincenzo Maffione58952132013-11-06 11:44:06 +01002893 " attach to the existing netmap-enabled network interface 'name', or to a\n"
2894 " VALE port (created on the fly) called 'name' ('nmname' is name of the \n"
2895 " netmap device, defaults to '/dev/netmap')\n"
2896#endif
Ilya Maximetscb039ef2023-09-13 20:34:37 +02002897#ifdef CONFIG_AF_XDP
2898 "-netdev af-xdp,id=str,ifname=name[,mode=native|skb][,force-copy=on|off]\n"
2899 " [,queues=n][,start-queue=m][,inhibit=on|off][,sock-fds=x:y:...:z]\n"
2900 " attach to the existing network interface 'name' with AF_XDP socket\n"
2901 " use 'mode=MODE' to specify an XDP program attach mode\n"
2902 " use 'force-copy=on|off' to force XDP copy mode even if device supports zero-copy (default: off)\n"
2903 " use 'inhibit=on|off' to inhibit loading of a default XDP program (default: off)\n"
2904 " with inhibit=on,\n"
2905 " use 'sock-fds' to provide file descriptors for already open AF_XDP sockets\n"
2906 " added to a socket map in XDP program. One socket per queue.\n"
2907 " use 'queues=n' to specify how many queues of a multiqueue interface should be used\n"
2908 " use 'start-queue=m' to specify the first queue that should be used\n"
2909#endif
Thomas Huth253dc142018-02-21 11:18:32 +01002910#ifdef CONFIG_POSIX
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002911 "-netdev vhost-user,id=str,chardev=dev[,vhostforce=on|off]\n"
2912 " configure a vhost-user network, backed by a chardev 'dev'\n"
Thomas Huth253dc142018-02-21 11:18:32 +01002913#endif
Cindy Lu108a6482020-07-01 22:55:37 +08002914#ifdef __linux__
Si-Wei Liu8801ccd2022-10-08 00:58:58 -07002915 "-netdev vhost-vdpa,id=str[,vhostdev=/path/to/dev][,vhostfd=h]\n"
Cindy Lu108a6482020-07-01 22:55:37 +08002916 " configure a vhost-vdpa network,Establish a vhost-vdpa netdev\n"
Si-Wei Liu8801ccd2022-10-08 00:58:58 -07002917 " use 'vhostdev=/path/to/dev' to open a vhost vdpa device\n"
2918 " use 'vhostfd=h' to connect to an already opened vhost vdpa device\n"
Cindy Lu108a6482020-07-01 22:55:37 +08002919#endif
Vladislav Yaroshchukb0290db2022-03-17 20:28:38 +03002920#ifdef CONFIG_VMNET
2921 "-netdev vmnet-host,id=str[,isolated=on|off][,net-uuid=uuid]\n"
2922 " [,start-address=addr,end-address=addr,subnet-mask=mask]\n"
2923 " configure a vmnet network backend in host mode with ID 'str',\n"
2924 " isolate this interface from others with 'isolated',\n"
2925 " configure the address range and choose a subnet mask,\n"
2926 " specify network UUID 'uuid' to disable DHCP and interact with\n"
2927 " vmnet-host interfaces within this isolated network\n"
2928 "-netdev vmnet-shared,id=str[,isolated=on|off][,nat66-prefix=addr]\n"
2929 " [,start-address=addr,end-address=addr,subnet-mask=mask]\n"
2930 " configure a vmnet network backend in shared mode with ID 'str',\n"
2931 " configure the address range and choose a subnet mask,\n"
2932 " set IPv6 ULA prefix (of length 64) to use for internal network,\n"
2933 " isolate this interface from others with 'isolated'\n"
2934 "-netdev vmnet-bridged,id=str,ifname=name[,isolated=on|off]\n"
2935 " configure a vmnet network backend in bridged mode with ID 'str',\n"
2936 " use 'ifname=name' to select a physical network interface to be bridged,\n"
2937 " isolate this interface from others with 'isolated'\n"
2938#endif
Thomas Huth18d65d22018-01-15 20:50:55 +01002939 "-netdev hubport,id=str,hubid=n[,netdev=nd]\n"
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002940 " configure a hub port on the hub with ID 'n'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002941DEF("nic", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_nic,
BALATON Zoltandfaa7d52018-07-16 21:12:08 +02002942 "-nic [tap|bridge|"
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002943#ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP
2944 "user|"
2945#endif
2946#ifdef __linux__
2947 "l2tpv3|"
2948#endif
2949#ifdef CONFIG_VDE
2950 "vde|"
2951#endif
2952#ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP
2953 "netmap|"
2954#endif
Ilya Maximetscb039ef2023-09-13 20:34:37 +02002955#ifdef CONFIG_AF_XDP
2956 "af-xdp|"
2957#endif
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002958#ifdef CONFIG_POSIX
2959 "vhost-user|"
2960#endif
Vladislav Yaroshchukb0290db2022-03-17 20:28:38 +03002961#ifdef CONFIG_VMNET
2962 "vmnet-host|vmnet-shared|vmnet-bridged|"
2963#endif
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002964 "socket][,option][,...][mac=macaddr]\n"
2965 " initialize an on-board / default host NIC (using MAC address\n"
2966 " macaddr) and connect it to the given host network backend\n"
BALATON Zoltandfaa7d52018-07-16 21:12:08 +02002967 "-nic none use it alone to have zero network devices (the default is to\n"
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002968 " provided a 'user' network connection)\n",
2969 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002970DEF("net", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_net,
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002971 "-net nic[,macaddr=mac][,model=type][,name=str][,addr=str][,vectors=v]\n"
Thomas Huth0e60a822017-12-19 16:28:55 +01002972 " configure or create an on-board (or machine default) NIC and\n"
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002973 " connect it to hub 0 (please use -nic unless you need a hub)\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002974 "-net ["
Mark McLoughlina1ea4582009-10-08 19:58:26 +01002975#ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP
2976 "user|"
2977#endif
2978 "tap|"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002979 "bridge|"
Mark McLoughlina1ea4582009-10-08 19:58:26 +01002980#ifdef CONFIG_VDE
2981 "vde|"
2982#endif
Vincenzo Maffione58952132013-11-06 11:44:06 +01002983#ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP
2984 "netmap|"
2985#endif
Ilya Maximetscb039ef2023-09-13 20:34:37 +02002986#ifdef CONFIG_AF_XDP
2987 "af-xdp|"
2988#endif
Vladislav Yaroshchukb0290db2022-03-17 20:28:38 +03002989#ifdef CONFIG_VMNET
2990 "vmnet-host|vmnet-shared|vmnet-bridged|"
2991#endif
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002992 "socket][,option][,option][,...]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002993 " old way to initialize a host network interface\n"
2994 " (use the -netdev option if possible instead)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002995SRST
Ilya Maximetscb039ef2023-09-13 20:34:37 +02002996``-nic [tap|bridge|user|l2tpv3|vde|netmap|af-xdp|vhost-user|socket][,...][,mac=macaddr][,model=mn]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002997 This option is a shortcut for configuring both the on-board
2998 (default) guest NIC hardware and the host network backend in one go.
2999 The host backend options are the same as with the corresponding
3000 ``-netdev`` options below. The guest NIC model can be set with
3001 ``model=modelname``. Use ``model=help`` to list the available device
3002 types. The hardware MAC address can be set with ``mac=macaddr``.
3003
3004 The following two example do exactly the same, to show how ``-nic``
3005 can be used to shorten the command line length:
3006
3007 .. parsed-literal::
3008
3009 |qemu_system| -netdev user,id=n1,ipv6=off -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:98:76:54:32
3010 |qemu_system| -nic user,ipv6=off,model=e1000,mac=52:54:98:76:54:32
3011
3012``-nic none``
3013 Indicate that no network devices should be configured. It is used to
3014 override the default configuration (default NIC with "user" host
3015 network backend) which is activated if no other networking options
3016 are provided.
3017
3018``-netdev user,id=id[,option][,option][,...]``
3019 Configure user mode host network backend which requires no
3020 administrator privilege to run. Valid options are:
3021
3022 ``id=id``
3023 Assign symbolic name for use in monitor commands.
3024
3025 ``ipv4=on|off and ipv6=on|off``
3026 Specify that either IPv4 or IPv6 must be enabled. If neither is
3027 specified both protocols are enabled.
3028
3029 ``net=addr[/mask]``
3030 Set IP network address the guest will see. Optionally specify
3031 the netmask, either in the form a.b.c.d or as number of valid
3032 top-most bits. Default is 10.0.2.0/24.
3033
3034 ``host=addr``
3035 Specify the guest-visible address of the host. Default is the
3036 2nd IP in the guest network, i.e. x.x.x.2.
3037
3038 ``ipv6-net=addr[/int]``
3039 Set IPv6 network address the guest will see (default is
3040 fec0::/64). The network prefix is given in the usual hexadecimal
3041 IPv6 address notation. The prefix size is optional, and is given
3042 as the number of valid top-most bits (default is 64).
3043
3044 ``ipv6-host=addr``
3045 Specify the guest-visible IPv6 address of the host. Default is
3046 the 2nd IPv6 in the guest network, i.e. xxxx::2.
3047
3048 ``restrict=on|off``
3049 If this option is enabled, the guest will be isolated, i.e. it
3050 will not be able to contact the host and no guest IP packets
3051 will be routed over the host to the outside. This option does
3052 not affect any explicitly set forwarding rules.
3053
3054 ``hostname=name``
3055 Specifies the client hostname reported by the built-in DHCP
3056 server.
3057
3058 ``dhcpstart=addr``
3059 Specify the first of the 16 IPs the built-in DHCP server can
3060 assign. Default is the 15th to 31st IP in the guest network,
3061 i.e. x.x.x.15 to x.x.x.31.
3062
3063 ``dns=addr``
3064 Specify the guest-visible address of the virtual nameserver. The
3065 address must be different from the host address. Default is the
3066 3rd IP in the guest network, i.e. x.x.x.3.
3067
3068 ``ipv6-dns=addr``
3069 Specify the guest-visible address of the IPv6 virtual
3070 nameserver. The address must be different from the host address.
3071 Default is the 3rd IP in the guest network, i.e. xxxx::3.
3072
3073 ``dnssearch=domain``
3074 Provides an entry for the domain-search list sent by the
3075 built-in DHCP server. More than one domain suffix can be
3076 transmitted by specifying this option multiple times. If
3077 supported, this will cause the guest to automatically try to
3078 append the given domain suffix(es) in case a domain name can not
3079 be resolved.
3080
3081 Example:
3082
3083 .. parsed-literal::
3084
3085 |qemu_system| -nic user,dnssearch=mgmt.example.org,dnssearch=example.org
3086
3087 ``domainname=domain``
3088 Specifies the client domain name reported by the built-in DHCP
3089 server.
3090
3091 ``tftp=dir``
3092 When using the user mode network stack, activate a built-in TFTP
3093 server. The files in dir will be exposed as the root of a TFTP
3094 server. The TFTP client on the guest must be configured in
3095 binary mode (use the command ``bin`` of the Unix TFTP client).
3096
3097 ``tftp-server-name=name``
3098 In BOOTP reply, broadcast name as the "TFTP server name"
3099 (RFC2132 option 66). This can be used to advise the guest to
3100 load boot files or configurations from a different server than
3101 the host address.
3102
3103 ``bootfile=file``
3104 When using the user mode network stack, broadcast file as the
3105 BOOTP filename. In conjunction with ``tftp``, this can be used
3106 to network boot a guest from a local directory.
3107
3108 Example (using pxelinux):
3109
3110 .. parsed-literal::
3111
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003112 |qemu_system| -hda linux.img -boot n -device e1000,netdev=n1 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003113 -netdev user,id=n1,tftp=/path/to/tftp/files,bootfile=/pxelinux.0
3114
3115 ``smb=dir[,smbserver=addr]``
3116 When using the user mode network stack, activate a built-in SMB
3117 server so that Windows OSes can access to the host files in
3118 ``dir`` transparently. The IP address of the SMB server can be
3119 set to addr. By default the 4th IP in the guest network is used,
3120 i.e. x.x.x.4.
3121
3122 In the guest Windows OS, the line:
3123
3124 ::
3125
3126 10.0.2.4 smbserver
3127
3128 must be added in the file ``C:\WINDOWS\LMHOSTS`` (for windows
3129 9x/Me) or ``C:\WINNT\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS\ETC\LMHOSTS`` (Windows
3130 NT/2000).
3131
3132 Then ``dir`` can be accessed in ``\\smbserver\qemu``.
3133
3134 Note that a SAMBA server must be installed on the host OS.
3135
3136 ``hostfwd=[tcp|udp]:[hostaddr]:hostport-[guestaddr]:guestport``
3137 Redirect incoming TCP or UDP connections to the host port
3138 hostport to the guest IP address guestaddr on guest port
3139 guestport. If guestaddr is not specified, its value is x.x.x.15
3140 (default first address given by the built-in DHCP server). By
3141 specifying hostaddr, the rule can be bound to a specific host
3142 interface. If no connection type is set, TCP is used. This
3143 option can be given multiple times.
3144
3145 For example, to redirect host X11 connection from screen 1 to
3146 guest screen 0, use the following:
3147
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003148 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003149
3150 # on the host
3151 |qemu_system| -nic user,hostfwd=tcp:127.0.0.1:6001-:6000
3152 # this host xterm should open in the guest X11 server
3153 xterm -display :1
3154
3155 To redirect telnet connections from host port 5555 to telnet
3156 port on the guest, use the following:
3157
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003158 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003159
3160 # on the host
3161 |qemu_system| -nic user,hostfwd=tcp::5555-:23
3162 telnet localhost 5555
3163
3164 Then when you use on the host ``telnet localhost 5555``, you
3165 connect to the guest telnet server.
3166
3167 ``guestfwd=[tcp]:server:port-dev``; \ ``guestfwd=[tcp]:server:port-cmd:command``
3168 Forward guest TCP connections to the IP address server on port
3169 port to the character device dev or to a program executed by
3170 cmd:command which gets spawned for each connection. This option
3171 can be given multiple times.
3172
3173 You can either use a chardev directly and have that one used
3174 throughout QEMU's lifetime, like in the following example:
3175
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003176 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003177
3178 # open 10.10.1.1:4321 on bootup, connect 10.0.2.100:1234 to it whenever
3179 # the guest accesses it
3180 |qemu_system| -nic user,guestfwd=tcp:10.0.2.100:1234-tcp:10.10.1.1:4321
3181
3182 Or you can execute a command on every TCP connection established
3183 by the guest, so that QEMU behaves similar to an inetd process
3184 for that virtual server:
3185
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003186 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003187
3188 # call "netcat 10.10.1.1 4321" on every TCP connection to 10.0.2.100:1234
3189 # and connect the TCP stream to its stdin/stdout
3190 |qemu_system| -nic 'user,id=n1,guestfwd=tcp:10.0.2.100:1234-cmd:netcat 10.10.1.1 4321'
3191
3192``-netdev tap,id=id[,fd=h][,ifname=name][,script=file][,downscript=dfile][,br=bridge][,helper=helper]``
3193 Configure a host TAP network backend with ID id.
3194
3195 Use the network script file to configure it and the network script
3196 dfile to deconfigure it. If name is not provided, the OS
3197 automatically provides one. The default network configure script is
3198 ``/etc/qemu-ifup`` and the default network deconfigure script is
3199 ``/etc/qemu-ifdown``. Use ``script=no`` or ``downscript=no`` to
3200 disable script execution.
3201
3202 If running QEMU as an unprivileged user, use the network helper
Tianjia Zhang8d73ec82020-07-27 12:59:25 +08003203 to configure the TAP interface and attach it to the bridge.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003204 The default network helper executable is
3205 ``/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper`` and the default bridge device is
3206 ``br0``.
3207
3208 ``fd``\ =h can be used to specify the handle of an already opened
3209 host TAP interface.
3210
3211 Examples:
3212
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003213 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003214
3215 #launch a QEMU instance with the default network script
3216 |qemu_system| linux.img -nic tap
3217
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003218 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003219
3220 #launch a QEMU instance with two NICs, each one connected
3221 #to a TAP device
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003222 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3223 -netdev tap,id=nd0,ifname=tap0 -device e1000,netdev=nd0 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003224 -netdev tap,id=nd1,ifname=tap1 -device rtl8139,netdev=nd1
3225
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003226 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003227
3228 #launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to
3229 #connect a TAP device to bridge br0
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003230 |qemu_system| linux.img -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=n1 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003231 -netdev tap,id=n1,"helper=/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper"
3232
3233``-netdev bridge,id=id[,br=bridge][,helper=helper]``
3234 Connect a host TAP network interface to a host bridge device.
3235
3236 Use the network helper helper to configure the TAP interface and
3237 attach it to the bridge. The default network helper executable is
3238 ``/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper`` and the default bridge device is
3239 ``br0``.
3240
3241 Examples:
3242
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003243 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003244
3245 #launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to
3246 #connect a TAP device to bridge br0
3247 |qemu_system| linux.img -netdev bridge,id=n1 -device virtio-net,netdev=n1
3248
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003249 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003250
3251 #launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to
3252 #connect a TAP device to bridge qemubr0
3253 |qemu_system| linux.img -netdev bridge,br=qemubr0,id=n1 -device virtio-net,netdev=n1
3254
3255``-netdev socket,id=id[,fd=h][,listen=[host]:port][,connect=host:port]``
3256 This host network backend can be used to connect the guest's network
3257 to another QEMU virtual machine using a TCP socket connection. If
3258 ``listen`` is specified, QEMU waits for incoming connections on port
3259 (host is optional). ``connect`` is used to connect to another QEMU
3260 instance using the ``listen`` option. ``fd``\ =h specifies an
3261 already opened TCP socket.
3262
3263 Example:
3264
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003265 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003266
3267 # launch a first QEMU instance
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003268 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3269 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003270 -netdev socket,id=n1,listen=:1234
3271 # connect the network of this instance to the network of the first instance
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003272 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3273 -device e1000,netdev=n2,mac=52:54:00:12:34:57 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003274 -netdev socket,id=n2,connect=127.0.0.1:1234
3275
3276``-netdev socket,id=id[,fd=h][,mcast=maddr:port[,localaddr=addr]]``
3277 Configure a socket host network backend to share the guest's network
3278 traffic with another QEMU virtual machines using a UDP multicast
3279 socket, effectively making a bus for every QEMU with same multicast
3280 address maddr and port. NOTES:
3281
3282 1. Several QEMU can be running on different hosts and share same bus
3283 (assuming correct multicast setup for these hosts).
3284
3285 2. mcast support is compatible with User Mode Linux (argument
3286 ``ethN=mcast``), see http://user-mode-linux.sf.net.
3287
3288 3. Use ``fd=h`` to specify an already opened UDP multicast socket.
3289
3290 Example:
3291
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003292 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003293
3294 # launch one QEMU instance
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003295 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3296 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003297 -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234
3298 # launch another QEMU instance on same "bus"
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003299 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3300 -device e1000,netdev=n2,mac=52:54:00:12:34:57 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003301 -netdev socket,id=n2,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234
3302 # launch yet another QEMU instance on same "bus"
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003303 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3304 -device e1000,netdev=n3,mac=52:54:00:12:34:58 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003305 -netdev socket,id=n3,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234
3306
3307 Example (User Mode Linux compat.):
3308
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003309 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003310
3311 # launch QEMU instance (note mcast address selected is UML's default)
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003312 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3313 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003314 -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=239.192.168.1:1102
3315 # launch UML
3316 /path/to/linux ubd0=/path/to/root_fs eth0=mcast
3317
3318 Example (send packets from host's 1.2.3.4):
3319
3320 .. parsed-literal::
3321
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003322 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3323 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003324 -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=239.192.168.1:1102,localaddr=1.2.3.4
3325
Daniel P. Berrangé8b0dc242021-02-16 19:10:21 +00003326``-netdev l2tpv3,id=id,src=srcaddr,dst=dstaddr[,srcport=srcport][,dstport=dstport],txsession=txsession[,rxsession=rxsession][,ipv6=on|off][,udp=on|off][,cookie64][,counter][,pincounter][,txcookie=txcookie][,rxcookie=rxcookie][,offset=offset]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003327 Configure a L2TPv3 pseudowire host network backend. L2TPv3 (RFC3931)
3328 is a popular protocol to transport Ethernet (and other Layer 2) data
3329 frames between two systems. It is present in routers, firewalls and
3330 the Linux kernel (from version 3.3 onwards).
3331
3332 This transport allows a VM to communicate to another VM, router or
3333 firewall directly.
3334
3335 ``src=srcaddr``
3336 source address (mandatory)
3337
3338 ``dst=dstaddr``
3339 destination address (mandatory)
3340
3341 ``udp``
3342 select udp encapsulation (default is ip).
3343
3344 ``srcport=srcport``
3345 source udp port.
3346
3347 ``dstport=dstport``
3348 destination udp port.
3349
3350 ``ipv6``
3351 force v6, otherwise defaults to v4.
3352
3353 ``rxcookie=rxcookie``; \ ``txcookie=txcookie``
3354 Cookies are a weak form of security in the l2tpv3 specification.
3355 Their function is mostly to prevent misconfiguration. By default
3356 they are 32 bit.
3357
3358 ``cookie64``
3359 Set cookie size to 64 bit instead of the default 32
3360
3361 ``counter=off``
3362 Force a 'cut-down' L2TPv3 with no counter as in
3363 draft-mkonstan-l2tpext-keyed-ipv6-tunnel-00
3364
3365 ``pincounter=on``
3366 Work around broken counter handling in peer. This may also help
3367 on networks which have packet reorder.
3368
3369 ``offset=offset``
3370 Add an extra offset between header and data
3371
3372 For example, to attach a VM running on host 4.3.2.1 via L2TPv3 to
3373 the bridge br-lan on the remote Linux host 1.2.3.4:
3374
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003375 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003376
3377 # Setup tunnel on linux host using raw ip as encapsulation
3378 # on 1.2.3.4
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003379 ip l2tp add tunnel remote 4.3.2.1 local 1.2.3.4 tunnel_id 1 peer_tunnel_id 1 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003380 encap udp udp_sport 16384 udp_dport 16384
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003381 ip l2tp add session tunnel_id 1 name vmtunnel0 session_id \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003382 0xFFFFFFFF peer_session_id 0xFFFFFFFF
3383 ifconfig vmtunnel0 mtu 1500
3384 ifconfig vmtunnel0 up
3385 brctl addif br-lan vmtunnel0
3386
3387
3388 # on 4.3.2.1
3389 # launch QEMU instance - if your network has reorder or is very lossy add ,pincounter
3390
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003391 |qemu_system| linux.img -device e1000,netdev=n1 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003392 -netdev l2tpv3,id=n1,src=4.2.3.1,dst=1.2.3.4,udp,srcport=16384,dstport=16384,rxsession=0xffffffff,txsession=0xffffffff,counter
3393
3394``-netdev vde,id=id[,sock=socketpath][,port=n][,group=groupname][,mode=octalmode]``
3395 Configure VDE backend to connect to PORT n of a vde switch running
3396 on host and listening for incoming connections on socketpath. Use
3397 GROUP groupname and MODE octalmode to change default ownership and
3398 permissions for communication port. This option is only available if
3399 QEMU has been compiled with vde support enabled.
3400
3401 Example:
3402
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003403 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003404
3405 # launch vde switch
3406 vde_switch -F -sock /tmp/myswitch
3407 # launch QEMU instance
3408 |qemu_system| linux.img -nic vde,sock=/tmp/myswitch
3409
Ilya Maximetscb039ef2023-09-13 20:34:37 +02003410``-netdev af-xdp,id=str,ifname=name[,mode=native|skb][,force-copy=on|off][,queues=n][,start-queue=m][,inhibit=on|off][,sock-fds=x:y:...:z]``
3411 Configure AF_XDP backend to connect to a network interface 'name'
3412 using AF_XDP socket. A specific program attach mode for a default
3413 XDP program can be forced with 'mode', defaults to best-effort,
3414 where the likely most performant mode will be in use. Number of queues
3415 'n' should generally match the number or queues in the interface,
3416 defaults to 1. Traffic arriving on non-configured device queues will
3417 not be delivered to the network backend.
3418
3419 .. parsed-literal::
3420
3421 # set number of queues to 4
3422 ethtool -L eth0 combined 4
3423 # launch QEMU instance
3424 |qemu_system| linux.img -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=n1 \\
3425 -netdev af-xdp,id=n1,ifname=eth0,queues=4
3426
3427 'start-queue' option can be specified if a particular range of queues
3428 [m, m + n] should be in use. For example, this is may be necessary in
3429 order to use certain NICs in native mode. Kernel allows the driver to
3430 create a separate set of XDP queues on top of regular ones, and only
3431 these queues can be used for AF_XDP sockets. NICs that work this way
3432 may also require an additional traffic redirection with ethtool to these
3433 special queues.
3434
3435 .. parsed-literal::
3436
3437 # set number of queues to 1
3438 ethtool -L eth0 combined 1
3439 # redirect all the traffic to the second queue (id: 1)
3440 # note: drivers may require non-empty key/mask pair.
3441 ethtool -N eth0 flow-type ether \\
3442 dst 00:00:00:00:00:00 m FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FE action 1
3443 ethtool -N eth0 flow-type ether \\
3444 dst 00:00:00:00:00:01 m FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FE action 1
3445 # launch QEMU instance
3446 |qemu_system| linux.img -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=n1 \\
3447 -netdev af-xdp,id=n1,ifname=eth0,queues=1,start-queue=1
3448
3449 XDP program can also be loaded externally. In this case 'inhibit' option
3450 should be set to 'on' and 'sock-fds' provided with file descriptors for
3451 already open but not bound XDP sockets already added to a socket map for
3452 corresponding queues. One socket per queue.
3453
3454 .. parsed-literal::
3455
3456 |qemu_system| linux.img -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=n1 \\
3457 -netdev af-xdp,id=n1,ifname=eth0,queues=3,inhibit=on,sock-fds=15:16:17
3458
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003459``-netdev vhost-user,chardev=id[,vhostforce=on|off][,queues=n]``
3460 Establish a vhost-user netdev, backed by a chardev id. The chardev
3461 should be a unix domain socket backed one. The vhost-user uses a
3462 specifically defined protocol to pass vhost ioctl replacement
3463 messages to an application on the other end of the socket. On
3464 non-MSIX guests, the feature can be forced with vhostforce. Use
3465 'queues=n' to specify the number of queues to be created for
3466 multiqueue vhost-user.
3467
3468 Example:
3469
3470 ::
3471
3472 qemu -m 512 -object memory-backend-file,id=mem,size=512M,mem-path=/hugetlbfs,share=on \
3473 -numa node,memdev=mem \
3474 -chardev socket,id=chr0,path=/path/to/socket \
3475 -netdev type=vhost-user,id=net0,chardev=chr0 \
3476 -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=net0
3477
Si-Wei Liu8801ccd2022-10-08 00:58:58 -07003478``-netdev vhost-vdpa[,vhostdev=/path/to/dev][,vhostfd=h]``
Cindy Lu108a6482020-07-01 22:55:37 +08003479 Establish a vhost-vdpa netdev.
3480
3481 vDPA device is a device that uses a datapath which complies with
3482 the virtio specifications with a vendor specific control path.
3483 vDPA devices can be both physically located on the hardware or
3484 emulated by software.
3485
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003486``-netdev hubport,id=id,hubid=hubid[,netdev=nd]``
3487 Create a hub port on the emulated hub with ID hubid.
3488
3489 The hubport netdev lets you connect a NIC to a QEMU emulated hub
3490 instead of a single netdev. Alternatively, you can also connect the
3491 hubport to another netdev with ID nd by using the ``netdev=nd``
3492 option.
3493
3494``-net nic[,netdev=nd][,macaddr=mac][,model=type] [,name=name][,addr=addr][,vectors=v]``
3495 Legacy option to configure or create an on-board (or machine
3496 default) Network Interface Card(NIC) and connect it either to the
3497 emulated hub with ID 0 (i.e. the default hub), or to the netdev nd.
3498 If model is omitted, then the default NIC model associated with the
3499 machine type is used. Note that the default NIC model may change in
3500 future QEMU releases, so it is highly recommended to always specify
3501 a model. Optionally, the MAC address can be changed to mac, the
3502 device address set to addr (PCI cards only), and a name can be
3503 assigned for use in monitor commands. Optionally, for PCI cards, you
3504 can specify the number v of MSI-X vectors that the card should have;
3505 this option currently only affects virtio cards; set v = 0 to
3506 disable MSI-X. If no ``-net`` option is specified, a single NIC is
3507 created. QEMU can emulate several different models of network card.
3508 Use ``-net nic,model=help`` for a list of available devices for your
3509 target.
3510
3511``-net user|tap|bridge|socket|l2tpv3|vde[,...][,name=name]``
3512 Configure a host network backend (with the options corresponding to
3513 the same ``-netdev`` option) and connect it to the emulated hub 0
3514 (the default hub). Use name to specify the name of the hub port.
3515ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003516
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003517DEFHEADING()
3518
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02003519DEFHEADING(Character device options:)
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003520
3521DEF("chardev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_chardev,
Lin Ma517b3d42016-08-17 01:13:52 +08003522 "-chardev help\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003523 "-chardev null,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Markus Armbrusterba858d12021-09-28 09:14:49 +02003524 "-chardev socket,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,to=to][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003525 " [,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,telnet=on|off][,websocket=on|off][,reconnect=seconds][,mux=on|off]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangefd4a5fd2019-03-08 15:21:50 +00003526 " [,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off][,tls-creds=ID][,tls-authz=ID] (tcp)\n"
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003527 "-chardev socket,id=id,path=path[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,telnet=on|off][,websocket=on|off][,reconnect=seconds]\n"
xiaoqiang zhaoe3392732020-05-16 11:13:27 +08003528 " [,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off][,abstract=on|off][,tight=on|off] (unix)\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003529 "-chardev udp,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,localaddr=localaddr]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003530 " [,localport=localport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,mux=on|off]\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003531 " [,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3532 "-chardev msmouse,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003533 "-chardev vc,id=id[[,width=width][,height=height]][[,cols=cols][,rows=rows]]\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003534 " [,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3535 "-chardev ringbuf,id=id[,size=size][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Peter Maydell5b18a6b2023-04-13 16:07:24 +01003536 "-chardev file,id=id,path=path[,input-path=input-file][,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003537 "-chardev pipe,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003538#ifdef _WIN32
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003539 "-chardev console,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3540 "-chardev serial,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003541#else
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003542 "-chardev pty,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3543 "-chardev stdio,id=id[,mux=on|off][,signal=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003544#endif
3545#ifdef CONFIG_BRLAPI
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003546 "-chardev braille,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003547#endif
3548#if defined(__linux__) || defined(__sun__) || defined(__FreeBSD__) \
3549 || defined(__NetBSD__) || defined(__OpenBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__)
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003550 "-chardev serial,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003551#endif
3552#if defined(__linux__) || defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__)
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003553 "-chardev parallel,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003554#endif
Alon Levycbcc6332011-01-19 10:49:50 +02003555#if defined(CONFIG_SPICE)
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003556 "-chardev spicevmc,id=id,name=name[,debug=debug][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3557 "-chardev spiceport,id=id,name=name[,debug=debug][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Alon Levycbcc6332011-01-19 10:49:50 +02003558#endif
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003559 , QEMU_ARCH_ALL
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003560)
3561
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003562SRST
3563The general form of a character device option is:
3564
3565``-chardev backend,id=id[,mux=on|off][,options]``
3566 Backend is one of: ``null``, ``socket``, ``udp``, ``msmouse``,
3567 ``vc``, ``ringbuf``, ``file``, ``pipe``, ``console``, ``serial``,
Paolo Bonzini6f9f6302022-12-16 10:56:53 +01003568 ``pty``, ``stdio``, ``braille``, ``parallel``,
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003569 ``spicevmc``, ``spiceport``. The specific backend will determine the
3570 applicable options.
3571
3572 Use ``-chardev help`` to print all available chardev backend types.
3573
3574 All devices must have an id, which can be any string up to 127
3575 characters long. It is used to uniquely identify this device in
3576 other command line directives.
3577
3578 A character device may be used in multiplexing mode by multiple
3579 front-ends. Specify ``mux=on`` to enable this mode. A multiplexer is
3580 a "1:N" device, and here the "1" end is your specified chardev
3581 backend, and the "N" end is the various parts of QEMU that can talk
3582 to a chardev. If you create a chardev with ``id=myid`` and
3583 ``mux=on``, QEMU will create a multiplexer with your specified ID,
3584 and you can then configure multiple front ends to use that chardev
3585 ID for their input/output. Up to four different front ends can be
3586 connected to a single multiplexed chardev. (Without multiplexing
3587 enabled, a chardev can only be used by a single front end.) For
3588 instance you could use this to allow a single stdio chardev to be
3589 used by two serial ports and the QEMU monitor:
3590
3591 ::
3592
3593 -chardev stdio,mux=on,id=char0 \
3594 -mon chardev=char0,mode=readline \
3595 -serial chardev:char0 \
3596 -serial chardev:char0
3597
3598 You can have more than one multiplexer in a system configuration;
3599 for instance you could have a TCP port multiplexed between UART 0
3600 and UART 1, and stdio multiplexed between the QEMU monitor and a
3601 parallel port:
3602
3603 ::
3604
3605 -chardev stdio,mux=on,id=char0 \
3606 -mon chardev=char0,mode=readline \
3607 -parallel chardev:char0 \
3608 -chardev tcp,...,mux=on,id=char1 \
3609 -serial chardev:char1 \
3610 -serial chardev:char1
3611
3612 When you're using a multiplexed character device, some escape
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01003613 sequences are interpreted in the input. See the chapter about
3614 :ref:`keys in the character backend multiplexer` in the
3615 System Emulation Users Guide for more details.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003616
3617 Note that some other command line options may implicitly create
3618 multiplexed character backends; for instance ``-serial mon:stdio``
3619 creates a multiplexed stdio backend connected to the serial port and
3620 the QEMU monitor, and ``-nographic`` also multiplexes the console
3621 and the monitor to stdio.
3622
3623 There is currently no support for multiplexing in the other
3624 direction (where a single QEMU front end takes input and output from
3625 multiple chardevs).
3626
3627 Every backend supports the ``logfile`` option, which supplies the
3628 path to a file to record all data transmitted via the backend. The
3629 ``logappend`` option controls whether the log file will be truncated
3630 or appended to when opened.
3631
3632The available backends are:
3633
3634``-chardev null,id=id``
3635 A void device. This device will not emit any data, and will drop any
3636 data it receives. The null backend does not take any options.
3637
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003638``-chardev socket,id=id[,TCP options or unix options][,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,telnet=on|off][,websocket=on|off][,reconnect=seconds][,tls-creds=id][,tls-authz=id]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003639 Create a two-way stream socket, which can be either a TCP or a unix
3640 socket. A unix socket will be created if ``path`` is specified.
3641 Behaviour is undefined if TCP options are specified for a unix
3642 socket.
3643
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003644 ``server=on|off`` specifies that the socket shall be a listening socket.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003645
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003646 ``wait=on|off`` specifies that QEMU should not block waiting for a client
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003647 to connect to a listening socket.
3648
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003649 ``telnet=on|off`` specifies that traffic on the socket should interpret
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003650 telnet escape sequences.
3651
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003652 ``websocket=on|off`` specifies that the socket uses WebSocket protocol for
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003653 communication.
3654
3655 ``reconnect`` sets the timeout for reconnecting on non-server
3656 sockets when the remote end goes away. qemu will delay this many
3657 seconds and then attempt to reconnect. Zero disables reconnecting,
3658 and is the default.
3659
3660 ``tls-creds`` requests enablement of the TLS protocol for
3661 encryption, and specifies the id of the TLS credentials to use for
3662 the handshake. The credentials must be previously created with the
3663 ``-object tls-creds`` argument.
3664
3665 ``tls-auth`` provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object
3666 against which the client's x509 distinguished name will be
3667 validated. This object is only resolved at time of use, so can be
3668 deleted and recreated on the fly while the chardev server is active.
3669 If missing, it will default to denying access.
3670
3671 TCP and unix socket options are given below:
3672
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01003673 ``TCP options: port=port[,host=host][,to=to][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003674 ``host`` for a listening socket specifies the local address to
3675 be bound. For a connecting socket species the remote host to
3676 connect to. ``host`` is optional for listening sockets. If not
3677 specified it defaults to ``0.0.0.0``.
3678
3679 ``port`` for a listening socket specifies the local port to be
3680 bound. For a connecting socket specifies the port on the remote
3681 host to connect to. ``port`` can be given as either a port
3682 number or a service name. ``port`` is required.
3683
3684 ``to`` is only relevant to listening sockets. If it is
3685 specified, and ``port`` cannot be bound, QEMU will attempt to
3686 bind to subsequent ports up to and including ``to`` until it
3687 succeeds. ``to`` must be specified as a port number.
3688
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003689 ``ipv4=on|off`` and ``ipv6=on|off`` specify that either IPv4
3690 or IPv6 must be used. If neither is specified the socket may
3691 use either protocol.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003692
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01003693 ``nodelay=on|off`` disables the Nagle algorithm.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003694
xiaoqiang zhaoe3392732020-05-16 11:13:27 +08003695 ``unix options: path=path[,abstract=on|off][,tight=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003696 ``path`` specifies the local path of the unix socket. ``path``
3697 is required.
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003698 ``abstract=on|off`` specifies the use of the abstract socket namespace,
xiaoqiang zhaoe3392732020-05-16 11:13:27 +08003699 rather than the filesystem. Optional, defaults to false.
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003700 ``tight=on|off`` sets the socket length of abstract sockets to their minimum,
xiaoqiang zhaoe3392732020-05-16 11:13:27 +08003701 rather than the full sun_path length. Optional, defaults to true.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003702
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003703``-chardev udp,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,localaddr=localaddr][,localport=localport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003704 Sends all traffic from the guest to a remote host over UDP.
3705
3706 ``host`` specifies the remote host to connect to. If not specified
3707 it defaults to ``localhost``.
3708
3709 ``port`` specifies the port on the remote host to connect to.
3710 ``port`` is required.
3711
3712 ``localaddr`` specifies the local address to bind to. If not
3713 specified it defaults to ``0.0.0.0``.
3714
3715 ``localport`` specifies the local port to bind to. If not specified
3716 any available local port will be used.
3717
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003718 ``ipv4=on|off`` and ``ipv6=on|off`` specify that either IPv4 or IPv6 must be used.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003719 If neither is specified the device may use either protocol.
3720
3721``-chardev msmouse,id=id``
3722 Forward QEMU's emulated msmouse events to the guest. ``msmouse``
3723 does not take any options.
3724
3725``-chardev vc,id=id[[,width=width][,height=height]][[,cols=cols][,rows=rows]]``
3726 Connect to a QEMU text console. ``vc`` may optionally be given a
3727 specific size.
3728
3729 ``width`` and ``height`` specify the width and height respectively
3730 of the console, in pixels.
3731
3732 ``cols`` and ``rows`` specify that the console be sized to fit a
3733 text console with the given dimensions.
3734
3735``-chardev ringbuf,id=id[,size=size]``
3736 Create a ring buffer with fixed size ``size``. size must be a power
3737 of two and defaults to ``64K``.
3738
Peter Maydell5b18a6b2023-04-13 16:07:24 +01003739``-chardev file,id=id,path=path[,input-path=input-path]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003740 Log all traffic received from the guest to a file.
3741
3742 ``path`` specifies the path of the file to be opened. This file will
3743 be created if it does not already exist, and overwritten if it does.
3744 ``path`` is required.
3745
Peter Maydell5b18a6b2023-04-13 16:07:24 +01003746 If ``input-path`` is specified, this is the path of a second file
3747 which will be used for input. If ``input-path`` is not specified,
3748 no input will be available from the chardev.
3749
3750 Note that ``input-path`` is not supported on Windows hosts.
3751
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003752``-chardev pipe,id=id,path=path``
3753 Create a two-way connection to the guest. The behaviour differs
3754 slightly between Windows hosts and other hosts:
3755
3756 On Windows, a single duplex pipe will be created at
3757 ``\\.pipe\path``.
3758
3759 On other hosts, 2 pipes will be created called ``path.in`` and
3760 ``path.out``. Data written to ``path.in`` will be received by the
3761 guest. Data written by the guest can be read from ``path.out``. QEMU
3762 will not create these fifos, and requires them to be present.
3763
3764 ``path`` forms part of the pipe path as described above. ``path`` is
3765 required.
3766
3767``-chardev console,id=id``
3768 Send traffic from the guest to QEMU's standard output. ``console``
3769 does not take any options.
3770
3771 ``console`` is only available on Windows hosts.
3772
3773``-chardev serial,id=id,path=path``
3774 Send traffic from the guest to a serial device on the host.
3775
3776 On Unix hosts serial will actually accept any tty device, not only
3777 serial lines.
3778
3779 ``path`` specifies the name of the serial device to open.
3780
3781``-chardev pty,id=id``
3782 Create a new pseudo-terminal on the host and connect to it. ``pty``
3783 does not take any options.
3784
3785 ``pty`` is not available on Windows hosts.
3786
3787``-chardev stdio,id=id[,signal=on|off]``
3788 Connect to standard input and standard output of the QEMU process.
3789
3790 ``signal`` controls if signals are enabled on the terminal, that
3791 includes exiting QEMU with the key sequence Control-c. This option
3792 is enabled by default, use ``signal=off`` to disable it.
3793
3794``-chardev braille,id=id``
3795 Connect to a local BrlAPI server. ``braille`` does not take any
3796 options.
3797
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003798``-chardev parallel,id=id,path=path``
3799 \
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003800 ``parallel`` is only available on Linux, FreeBSD and DragonFlyBSD
3801 hosts.
3802
3803 Connect to a local parallel port.
3804
3805 ``path`` specifies the path to the parallel port device. ``path`` is
3806 required.
3807
3808``-chardev spicevmc,id=id,debug=debug,name=name``
3809 ``spicevmc`` is only available when spice support is built in.
3810
3811 ``debug`` debug level for spicevmc
3812
3813 ``name`` name of spice channel to connect to
3814
3815 Connect to a spice virtual machine channel, such as vdiport.
3816
3817``-chardev spiceport,id=id,debug=debug,name=name``
3818 ``spiceport`` is only available when spice support is built in.
3819
3820 ``debug`` debug level for spicevmc
3821
3822 ``name`` name of spice port to connect to
3823
3824 Connect to a spice port, allowing a Spice client to handle the
3825 traffic identified by a name (preferably a fqdn).
3826ERST
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003827
3828DEFHEADING()
3829
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003830#ifdef CONFIG_TPM
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02003831DEFHEADING(TPM device options:)
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003832
3833DEF("tpmdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_tpmdev, \
Stefan Berger92dcc232013-02-27 12:47:54 -05003834 "-tpmdev passthrough,id=id[,path=path][,cancel-path=path]\n"
3835 " use path to provide path to a character device; default is /dev/tpm0\n"
3836 " use cancel-path to provide path to TPM's cancel sysfs entry; if\n"
Amarnath Vallurif4ede812017-09-29 14:10:20 +03003837 " not provided it will be searched for in /sys/class/misc/tpm?/device\n"
3838 "-tpmdev emulator,id=id,chardev=dev\n"
3839 " configure the TPM device using chardev backend\n",
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003840 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003841SRST
3842The general form of a TPM device option is:
3843
3844``-tpmdev backend,id=id[,options]``
3845 The specific backend type will determine the applicable options. The
3846 ``-tpmdev`` option creates the TPM backend and requires a
3847 ``-device`` option that specifies the TPM frontend interface model.
3848
3849 Use ``-tpmdev help`` to print all available TPM backend types.
3850
3851The available backends are:
3852
3853``-tpmdev passthrough,id=id,path=path,cancel-path=cancel-path``
3854 (Linux-host only) Enable access to the host's TPM using the
3855 passthrough driver.
3856
3857 ``path`` specifies the path to the host's TPM device, i.e., on a
3858 Linux host this would be ``/dev/tpm0``. ``path`` is optional and by
3859 default ``/dev/tpm0`` is used.
3860
3861 ``cancel-path`` specifies the path to the host TPM device's sysfs
3862 entry allowing for cancellation of an ongoing TPM command.
3863 ``cancel-path`` is optional and by default QEMU will search for the
3864 sysfs entry to use.
3865
3866 Some notes about using the host's TPM with the passthrough driver:
3867
3868 The TPM device accessed by the passthrough driver must not be used
3869 by any other application on the host.
3870
3871 Since the host's firmware (BIOS/UEFI) has already initialized the
3872 TPM, the VM's firmware (BIOS/UEFI) will not be able to initialize
3873 the TPM again and may therefore not show a TPM-specific menu that
3874 would otherwise allow the user to configure the TPM, e.g., allow the
3875 user to enable/disable or activate/deactivate the TPM. Further, if
3876 TPM ownership is released from within a VM then the host's TPM will
3877 get disabled and deactivated. To enable and activate the TPM again
3878 afterwards, the host has to be rebooted and the user is required to
3879 enter the firmware's menu to enable and activate the TPM. If the TPM
3880 is left disabled and/or deactivated most TPM commands will fail.
3881
3882 To create a passthrough TPM use the following two options:
3883
3884 ::
3885
3886 -tpmdev passthrough,id=tpm0 -device tpm-tis,tpmdev=tpm0
3887
3888 Note that the ``-tpmdev`` id is ``tpm0`` and is referenced by
3889 ``tpmdev=tpm0`` in the device option.
3890
3891``-tpmdev emulator,id=id,chardev=dev``
3892 (Linux-host only) Enable access to a TPM emulator using Unix domain
3893 socket based chardev backend.
3894
3895 ``chardev`` specifies the unique ID of a character device backend
3896 that provides connection to the software TPM server.
3897
3898 To create a TPM emulator backend device with chardev socket backend:
3899
3900 ::
3901
3902 -chardev socket,id=chrtpm,path=/tmp/swtpm-sock -tpmdev emulator,id=tpm0,chardev=chrtpm -device tpm-tis,tpmdev=tpm0
3903ERST
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003904
3905DEFHEADING()
3906
3907#endif
3908
Alex Bennée1235cf72022-07-25 15:05:20 +01003909DEFHEADING(Boot Image or Kernel specific:)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003910SRST
Alex Bennée1235cf72022-07-25 15:05:20 +01003911There are broadly 4 ways you can boot a system with QEMU.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003912
Alex Bennée1235cf72022-07-25 15:05:20 +01003913 - specify a firmware and let it control finding a kernel
3914 - specify a firmware and pass a hint to the kernel to boot
3915 - direct kernel image boot
3916 - manually load files into the guest's address space
3917
3918The third method is useful for quickly testing kernels but as there is
3919no firmware to pass configuration information to the kernel the
3920hardware must either be probeable, the kernel built for the exact
3921configuration or passed some configuration data (e.g. a DTB blob)
3922which tells the kernel what drivers it needs. This exact details are
3923often hardware specific.
3924
3925The final method is the most generic way of loading images into the
3926guest address space and used mostly for ``bare metal`` type
3927development where the reset vectors of the processor are taken into
3928account.
3929
3930ERST
3931
3932SRST
3933
3934For x86 machines and some other architectures ``-bios`` will generally
3935do the right thing with whatever it is given. For other machines the
3936more strict ``-pflash`` option needs an image that is sized for the
3937flash device for the given machine type.
3938
3939Please see the :ref:`system-targets-ref` section of the manual for
3940more detailed documentation.
3941
3942ERST
3943
3944DEF("bios", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_bios, \
3945 "-bios file set the filename for the BIOS\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3946SRST
3947``-bios file``
3948 Set the filename for the BIOS.
3949ERST
3950
3951DEF("pflash", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_pflash,
3952 "-pflash file use 'file' as a parallel flash image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3953SRST
3954``-pflash file``
3955 Use file as a parallel flash image.
3956ERST
3957
3958SRST
3959
3960The kernel options were designed to work with Linux kernels although
3961other things (like hypervisors) can be packaged up as a kernel
3962executable image. The exact format of a executable image is usually
3963architecture specific.
3964
3965The way in which the kernel is started (what address it is loaded at,
3966what if any information is passed to it via CPU registers, the state
3967of the hardware when it is started, and so on) is also architecture
3968specific. Typically it follows the specification laid down by the
3969Linux kernel for how kernels for that architecture must be started.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003970
3971ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003972
3973DEF("kernel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_kernel, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003974 "-kernel bzImage use 'bzImage' as kernel image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003975SRST
3976``-kernel bzImage``
3977 Use bzImage as kernel image. The kernel can be either a Linux kernel
3978 or in multiboot format.
3979ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003980
3981DEF("append", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_append, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003982 "-append cmdline use 'cmdline' as kernel command line\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003983SRST
3984``-append cmdline``
3985 Use cmdline as kernel command line
3986ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003987
3988DEF("initrd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_initrd, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003989 "-initrd file use 'file' as initial ram disk\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003990SRST
3991``-initrd file``
3992 Use file as initial ram disk.
3993
3994``-initrd "file1 arg=foo,file2"``
3995 This syntax is only available with multiboot.
3996
3997 Use file1 and file2 as modules and pass arg=foo as parameter to the
3998 first module.
3999ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004000
Grant Likely412beee2012-03-02 11:56:38 +00004001DEF("dtb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_dtb, \
Peter A. G. Crosthwaite379b5c72012-03-04 21:03:54 +10004002 "-dtb file use 'file' as device tree image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004003SRST
4004``-dtb file``
4005 Use file as a device tree binary (dtb) image and pass it to the
4006 kernel on boot.
4007ERST
Grant Likely412beee2012-03-02 11:56:38 +00004008
Alex Bennée1235cf72022-07-25 15:05:20 +01004009SRST
4010
4011Finally you can also manually load images directly into the address
4012space of the guest. This is most useful for developers who already
4013know the layout of their guest and take care to ensure something sane
4014will happen when the reset vector executes.
4015
4016The generic loader can be invoked by using the loader device:
4017
4018``-device loader,addr=<addr>,data=<data>,data-len=<data-len>[,data-be=<data-be>][,cpu-num=<cpu-num>]``
4019
4020there is also the guest loader which operates in a similar way but
4021tweaks the DTB so a hypervisor loaded via ``-kernel`` can find where
4022the guest image is:
4023
4024``-device guest-loader,addr=<addr>[,kernel=<path>,[bootargs=<arguments>]][,initrd=<path>]``
4025
4026ERST
4027
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004028DEFHEADING()
4029
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02004030DEFHEADING(Debug/Expert options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004031
Markus Armbruster6dd75472021-03-18 16:55:10 +01004032DEF("compat", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_compat,
Markus Armbrusterdbb675c2021-03-18 16:55:19 +01004033 "-compat [deprecated-input=accept|reject|crash][,deprecated-output=accept|hide]\n"
Markus Armbruster57df0df2021-10-28 12:25:20 +02004034 " Policy for handling deprecated management interfaces\n"
4035 "-compat [unstable-input=accept|reject|crash][,unstable-output=accept|hide]\n"
4036 " Policy for handling unstable management interfaces\n",
Markus Armbruster6dd75472021-03-18 16:55:10 +01004037 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4038SRST
4039``-compat [deprecated-input=@var{input-policy}][,deprecated-output=@var{output-policy}]``
4040 Set policy for handling deprecated management interfaces (experimental):
4041
4042 ``deprecated-input=accept`` (default)
4043 Accept deprecated commands and arguments
4044 ``deprecated-input=reject``
4045 Reject deprecated commands and arguments
Markus Armbrusterdbb675c2021-03-18 16:55:19 +01004046 ``deprecated-input=crash``
4047 Crash on deprecated commands and arguments
Markus Armbruster6dd75472021-03-18 16:55:10 +01004048 ``deprecated-output=accept`` (default)
4049 Emit deprecated command results and events
4050 ``deprecated-output=hide``
4051 Suppress deprecated command results and events
4052
4053 Limitation: covers only syntactic aspects of QMP.
Markus Armbruster57df0df2021-10-28 12:25:20 +02004054
4055``-compat [unstable-input=@var{input-policy}][,unstable-output=@var{output-policy}]``
4056 Set policy for handling unstable management interfaces (experimental):
4057
4058 ``unstable-input=accept`` (default)
4059 Accept unstable commands and arguments
4060 ``unstable-input=reject``
4061 Reject unstable commands and arguments
4062 ``unstable-input=crash``
4063 Crash on unstable commands and arguments
4064 ``unstable-output=accept`` (default)
4065 Emit unstable command results and events
4066 ``unstable-output=hide``
4067 Suppress unstable command results and events
4068
4069 Limitation: covers only syntactic aspects of QMP.
Markus Armbruster6dd75472021-03-18 16:55:10 +01004070ERST
4071
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04004072DEF("fw_cfg", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fwcfg,
4073 "-fw_cfg [name=]<name>,file=<file>\n"
Markus Armbruster63d31452016-04-18 18:29:50 +02004074 " add named fw_cfg entry with contents from file\n"
Gabriel L. Somlo6407d762015-09-29 12:29:01 -04004075 "-fw_cfg [name=]<name>,string=<str>\n"
Markus Armbruster63d31452016-04-18 18:29:50 +02004076 " add named fw_cfg entry with contents from string\n",
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04004077 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004078SRST
4079``-fw_cfg [name=]name,file=file``
4080 Add named fw\_cfg entry with contents from file file.
4081
4082``-fw_cfg [name=]name,string=str``
4083 Add named fw\_cfg entry with contents from string str.
4084
4085 The terminating NUL character of the contents of str will not be
4086 included as part of the fw\_cfg item data. To insert contents with
4087 embedded NUL characters, you have to use the file parameter.
4088
4089 The fw\_cfg entries are passed by QEMU through to the guest.
4090
4091 Example:
4092
4093 ::
4094
4095 -fw_cfg name=opt/com.mycompany/blob,file=./my_blob.bin
4096
4097 creates an fw\_cfg entry named opt/com.mycompany/blob with contents
4098 from ./my\_blob.bin.
4099ERST
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04004100
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004101DEF("serial", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_serial, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004102 "-serial dev redirect the serial port to char device 'dev'\n",
4103 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004104SRST
4105``-serial dev``
4106 Redirect the virtual serial port to host character device dev. The
4107 default device is ``vc`` in graphical mode and ``stdio`` in non
4108 graphical mode.
4109
4110 This option can be used several times to simulate up to 4 serial
4111 ports.
4112
4113 Use ``-serial none`` to disable all serial ports.
4114
4115 Available character devices are:
4116
4117 ``vc[:WxH]``
4118 Virtual console. Optionally, a width and height can be given in
4119 pixel with
4120
4121 ::
4122
4123 vc:800x600
4124
4125 It is also possible to specify width or height in characters:
4126
4127 ::
4128
4129 vc:80Cx24C
4130
4131 ``pty``
4132 [Linux only] Pseudo TTY (a new PTY is automatically allocated)
4133
4134 ``none``
4135 No device is allocated.
4136
4137 ``null``
4138 void device
4139
4140 ``chardev:id``
4141 Use a named character device defined with the ``-chardev``
4142 option.
4143
4144 ``/dev/XXX``
4145 [Linux only] Use host tty, e.g. ``/dev/ttyS0``. The host serial
4146 port parameters are set according to the emulated ones.
4147
4148 ``/dev/parportN``
4149 [Linux only, parallel port only] Use host parallel port N.
4150 Currently SPP and EPP parallel port features can be used.
4151
4152 ``file:filename``
4153 Write output to filename. No character can be read.
4154
4155 ``stdio``
4156 [Unix only] standard input/output
4157
4158 ``pipe:filename``
4159 name pipe filename
4160
4161 ``COMn``
4162 [Windows only] Use host serial port n
4163
4164 ``udp:[remote_host]:remote_port[@[src_ip]:src_port]``
4165 This implements UDP Net Console. When remote\_host or src\_ip
4166 are not specified they default to ``0.0.0.0``. When not using a
4167 specified src\_port a random port is automatically chosen.
4168
4169 If you just want a simple readonly console you can use
4170 ``netcat`` or ``nc``, by starting QEMU with:
4171 ``-serial udp::4555`` and nc as: ``nc -u -l -p 4555``. Any time
4172 QEMU writes something to that port it will appear in the
4173 netconsole session.
4174
4175 If you plan to send characters back via netconsole or you want
4176 to stop and start QEMU a lot of times, you should have QEMU use
4177 the same source port each time by using something like ``-serial
4178 udp::4555@:4556`` to QEMU. Another approach is to use a patched
4179 version of netcat which can listen to a TCP port and send and
4180 receive characters via udp. If you have a patched version of
4181 netcat which activates telnet remote echo and single char
4182 transfer, then you can use the following options to set up a
4183 netcat redirector to allow telnet on port 5555 to access the
4184 QEMU port.
4185
4186 ``QEMU Options:``
4187 -serial udp::4555@:4556
4188
4189 ``netcat options:``
4190 -u -P 4555 -L 0.0.0.0:4556 -t -p 5555 -I -T
4191
4192 ``telnet options:``
4193 localhost 5555
4194
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01004195 ``tcp:[host]:port[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,nodelay=on|off][,reconnect=seconds]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004196 The TCP Net Console has two modes of operation. It can send the
4197 serial I/O to a location or wait for a connection from a
4198 location. By default the TCP Net Console is sent to host at the
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004199 port. If you use the ``server=on`` option QEMU will wait for a client
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004200 socket application to connect to the port before continuing,
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01004201 unless the ``wait=on|off`` option was specified. The ``nodelay=on|off``
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004202 option disables the Nagle buffering algorithm. The ``reconnect=on``
4203 option only applies if ``server=no`` is set, if the connection goes
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004204 down it will attempt to reconnect at the given interval. If host
4205 is omitted, 0.0.0.0 is assumed. Only one TCP connection at a
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004206 time is accepted. You can use ``telnet=on`` to connect to the
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004207 corresponding character device.
4208
4209 ``Example to send tcp console to 192.168.0.2 port 4444``
4210 -serial tcp:192.168.0.2:4444
4211
4212 ``Example to listen and wait on port 4444 for connection``
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004213 -serial tcp::4444,server=on
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004214
4215 ``Example to not wait and listen on ip 192.168.0.100 port 4444``
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004216 -serial tcp:192.168.0.100:4444,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004217
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01004218 ``telnet:host:port[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004219 The telnet protocol is used instead of raw tcp sockets. The
4220 options work the same as if you had specified ``-serial tcp``.
4221 The difference is that the port acts like a telnet server or
4222 client using telnet option negotiation. This will also allow you
4223 to send the MAGIC\_SYSRQ sequence if you use a telnet that
4224 supports sending the break sequence. Typically in unix telnet
4225 you do it with Control-] and then type "send break" followed by
4226 pressing the enter key.
4227
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01004228 ``websocket:host:port,server=on[,wait=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004229 The WebSocket protocol is used instead of raw tcp socket. The
4230 port acts as a WebSocket server. Client mode is not supported.
4231
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004232 ``unix:path[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,reconnect=seconds]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004233 A unix domain socket is used instead of a tcp socket. The option
4234 works the same as if you had specified ``-serial tcp`` except
4235 the unix domain socket path is used for connections.
4236
4237 ``mon:dev_string``
4238 This is a special option to allow the monitor to be multiplexed
4239 onto another serial port. The monitor is accessed with key
4240 sequence of Control-a and then pressing c. dev\_string should be
4241 any one of the serial devices specified above. An example to
4242 multiplex the monitor onto a telnet server listening on port
4243 4444 would be:
4244
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004245 ``-serial mon:telnet::4444,server=on,wait=off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004246
4247 When the monitor is multiplexed to stdio in this way, Ctrl+C
4248 will not terminate QEMU any more but will be passed to the guest
4249 instead.
4250
4251 ``braille``
4252 Braille device. This will use BrlAPI to display the braille
4253 output on a real or fake device.
4254
4255 ``msmouse``
4256 Three button serial mouse. Configure the guest to use Microsoft
4257 protocol.
4258ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004259
4260DEF("parallel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_parallel, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004261 "-parallel dev redirect the parallel port to char device 'dev'\n",
4262 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004263SRST
4264``-parallel dev``
4265 Redirect the virtual parallel port to host device dev (same devices
4266 as the serial port). On Linux hosts, ``/dev/parportN`` can be used
4267 to use hardware devices connected on the corresponding host parallel
4268 port.
4269
4270 This option can be used several times to simulate up to 3 parallel
4271 ports.
4272
4273 Use ``-parallel none`` to disable all parallel ports.
4274ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004275
4276DEF("monitor", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_monitor, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004277 "-monitor dev redirect the monitor to char device 'dev'\n",
4278 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004279SRST
4280``-monitor dev``
4281 Redirect the monitor to host device dev (same devices as the serial
4282 port). The default device is ``vc`` in graphical mode and ``stdio``
4283 in non graphical mode. Use ``-monitor none`` to disable the default
4284 monitor.
4285ERST
Gerd Hoffmann6ca55822009-12-08 13:11:52 +01004286DEF("qmp", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qmp, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004287 "-qmp dev like -monitor but opens in 'control' mode\n",
4288 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004289SRST
4290``-qmp dev``
Peter Maydell0ec44682023-05-15 17:22:45 +01004291 Like ``-monitor`` but opens in 'control' mode. For example, to make
4292 QMP available on localhost port 4444::
4293
4294 -qmp tcp:localhost:4444,server=on,wait=off
4295
4296 Not all options are configurable via this syntax; for maximum
4297 flexibility use the ``-mon`` option and an accompanying ``-chardev``.
4298
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004299ERST
Max Reitz4821cd42014-11-17 13:31:04 +01004300DEF("qmp-pretty", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qmp_pretty, \
4301 "-qmp-pretty dev like -qmp but uses pretty JSON formatting\n",
4302 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004303SRST
4304``-qmp-pretty dev``
Peter Maydell0ec44682023-05-15 17:22:45 +01004305 Like ``-qmp`` but uses pretty JSON formatting.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004306ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004307
Gerd Hoffmann22a0e042009-12-08 13:11:51 +01004308DEF("mon", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mon, \
Vicente Jimenez Aguilaref670722017-11-14 09:11:27 +01004309 "-mon [chardev=]name[,mode=readline|control][,pretty[=on|off]]\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004310SRST
4311``-mon [chardev=]name[,mode=readline|control][,pretty[=on|off]]``
Peter Maydell0ec44682023-05-15 17:22:45 +01004312 Set up a monitor connected to the chardev ``name``.
4313 QEMU supports two monitors: the Human Monitor Protocol
4314 (HMP; for human interaction), and the QEMU Monitor Protocol
4315 (QMP; a JSON RPC-style protocol).
4316 The default is HMP; ``mode=control`` selects QMP instead.
4317 ``pretty`` is only valid when ``mode=control``,
Ali Shirvani16b3f3b2021-05-19 11:41:45 +04304318 turning on JSON pretty printing to ease
Daniel P. Berrangé283d8452021-02-19 17:56:13 +00004319 human reading and debugging.
Peter Maydell0ec44682023-05-15 17:22:45 +01004320
4321 For example::
4322
4323 -chardev socket,id=mon1,host=localhost,port=4444,server=on,wait=off \
4324 -mon chardev=mon1,mode=control,pretty=on
4325
4326 enables the QMP monitor on localhost port 4444 with pretty-printing.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004327ERST
Gerd Hoffmann22a0e042009-12-08 13:11:51 +01004328
H. Peter Anvinc9f398e2009-12-29 13:51:36 -08004329DEF("debugcon", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_debugcon, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004330 "-debugcon dev redirect the debug console to char device 'dev'\n",
4331 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004332SRST
4333``-debugcon dev``
4334 Redirect the debug console to host device dev (same devices as the
4335 serial port). The debug console is an I/O port which is typically
4336 port 0xe9; writing to that I/O port sends output to this device. The
4337 default device is ``vc`` in graphical mode and ``stdio`` in non
4338 graphical mode.
4339ERST
H. Peter Anvinc9f398e2009-12-29 13:51:36 -08004340
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004341DEF("pidfile", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_pidfile, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004342 "-pidfile file write PID to 'file'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004343SRST
4344``-pidfile file``
4345 Store the QEMU process PID in file. It is useful if you launch QEMU
4346 from a script.
4347ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004348
aurel321b530a62009-04-05 20:08:59 +00004349DEF("singlestep", 0, QEMU_OPTION_singlestep, \
Peter Maydell12fd0f42023-04-17 17:40:37 +01004350 "-singlestep deprecated synonym for -accel tcg,one-insn-per-tb=on\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004351SRST
4352``-singlestep``
Peter Maydell12fd0f42023-04-17 17:40:37 +01004353 This is a deprecated synonym for the TCG accelerator property
4354 ``one-insn-per-tb``.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004355ERST
aurel321b530a62009-04-05 20:08:59 +00004356
Igor Mammedov047f7032018-05-11 19:24:43 +02004357DEF("preconfig", 0, QEMU_OPTION_preconfig, \
Markus Armbruster361ac942018-07-05 11:14:02 +02004358 "--preconfig pause QEMU before machine is initialized (experimental)\n",
Igor Mammedov047f7032018-05-11 19:24:43 +02004359 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004360SRST
4361``--preconfig``
4362 Pause QEMU for interactive configuration before the machine is
4363 created, which allows querying and configuring properties that will
4364 affect machine initialization. Use QMP command 'x-exit-preconfig' to
4365 exit the preconfig state and move to the next state (i.e. run guest
4366 if -S isn't used or pause the second time if -S is used). This
4367 option is experimental.
4368ERST
Igor Mammedov047f7032018-05-11 19:24:43 +02004369
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004370DEF("S", 0, QEMU_OPTION_S, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004371 "-S freeze CPU at startup (use 'c' to start execution)\n",
4372 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004373SRST
4374``-S``
4375 Do not start CPU at startup (you must type 'c' in the monitor).
4376ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004377
Michael S. Tsirkin6f131f12018-06-22 22:22:05 +03004378DEF("overcommit", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_overcommit,
BALATON Zoltandfaa7d52018-07-16 21:12:08 +02004379 "-overcommit [mem-lock=on|off][cpu-pm=on|off]\n"
Michael S. Tsirkin6f131f12018-06-22 22:22:05 +03004380 " run qemu with overcommit hints\n"
4381 " mem-lock=on|off controls memory lock support (default: off)\n"
4382 " cpu-pm=on|off controls cpu power management (default: off)\n",
4383 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004384SRST
4385``-overcommit mem-lock=on|off``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00004386 \
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004387``-overcommit cpu-pm=on|off``
4388 Run qemu with hints about host resource overcommit. The default is
4389 to assume that host overcommits all resources.
4390
4391 Locking qemu and guest memory can be enabled via ``mem-lock=on``
4392 (disabled by default). This works when host memory is not
Thomas Huthc8c9dc42020-12-10 16:58:07 +01004393 overcommitted and reduces the worst-case latency for guest.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004394
4395 Guest ability to manage power state of host cpus (increasing latency
4396 for other processes on the same host cpu, but decreasing latency for
4397 guest) can be enabled via ``cpu-pm=on`` (disabled by default). This
4398 works best when host CPU is not overcommitted. When used, host
4399 estimates of CPU cycle and power utilization will be incorrect, not
4400 taking into account guest idle time.
4401ERST
Michael S. Tsirkin6f131f12018-06-22 22:22:05 +03004402
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00004403DEF("gdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_gdb, \
Peter Maydelle5910d42020-04-03 10:40:14 +01004404 "-gdb dev accept gdb connection on 'dev'. (QEMU defaults to starting\n"
4405 " the guest without waiting for gdb to connect; use -S too\n"
4406 " if you want it to not start execution.)\n",
4407 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004408SRST
4409``-gdb dev``
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01004410 Accept a gdb connection on device dev (see the :ref:`GDB usage` chapter
4411 in the System Emulation Users Guide). Note that this option does not pause QEMU
Peter Maydelle5910d42020-04-03 10:40:14 +01004412 execution -- if you want QEMU to not start the guest until you
4413 connect with gdb and issue a ``continue`` command, you will need to
4414 also pass the ``-S`` option to QEMU.
4415
4416 The most usual configuration is to listen on a local TCP socket::
4417
4418 -gdb tcp::3117
4419
4420 but you can specify other backends; UDP, pseudo TTY, or even stdio
4421 are all reasonable use cases. For example, a stdio connection
4422 allows you to start QEMU from within gdb and establish the
4423 connection via a pipe:
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004424
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00004425 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004426
4427 (gdb) target remote | exec |qemu_system| -gdb stdio ...
4428ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004429
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00004430DEF("s", 0, QEMU_OPTION_s, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004431 "-s shorthand for -gdb tcp::" DEFAULT_GDBSTUB_PORT "\n",
4432 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004433SRST
4434``-s``
4435 Shorthand for -gdb tcp::1234, i.e. open a gdbserver on TCP port 1234
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01004436 (see the :ref:`GDB usage` chapter in the System Emulation Users Guide).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004437ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004438
4439DEF("d", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_d, \
Peter Maydell989b6972013-02-26 17:52:40 +00004440 "-d item1,... enable logging of specified items (use '-d help' for a list of log items)\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004441 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004442SRST
4443``-d item1[,...]``
4444 Enable logging of specified items. Use '-d help' for a list of log
4445 items.
4446ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004447
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00004448DEF("D", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_D, \
Peter Maydell989b6972013-02-26 17:52:40 +00004449 "-D logfile output log to logfile (default stderr)\n",
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00004450 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004451SRST
4452``-D logfile``
4453 Output log in logfile instead of to stderr
4454ERST
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00004455
Alex Bennée35145522016-03-15 14:30:20 +00004456DEF("dfilter", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_DFILTER, \
4457 "-dfilter range,.. filter debug output to range of addresses (useful for -d cpu,exec,etc..)\n",
4458 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004459SRST
4460``-dfilter range1[,...]``
4461 Filter debug output to that relevant to a range of target addresses.
4462 The filter spec can be either start+size, start-size or start..end
4463 where start end and size are the addresses and sizes required. For
4464 example:
4465
4466 ::
4467
4468 -dfilter 0x8000..0x8fff,0xffffffc000080000+0x200,0xffffffc000060000-0x1000
4469
4470 Will dump output for any code in the 0x1000 sized block starting at
4471 0x8000 and the 0x200 sized block starting at 0xffffffc000080000 and
4472 another 0x1000 sized block starting at 0xffffffc00005f000.
4473ERST
Alex Bennée35145522016-03-15 14:30:20 +00004474
Richard Henderson9c09a252019-03-14 13:06:29 -07004475DEF("seed", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_seed, \
4476 "-seed number seed the pseudo-random number generator\n",
4477 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004478SRST
4479``-seed number``
4480 Force the guest to use a deterministic pseudo-random number
4481 generator, seeded with number. This does not affect crypto routines
4482 within the host.
4483ERST
Richard Henderson9c09a252019-03-14 13:06:29 -07004484
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004485DEF("L", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_L, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004486 "-L path set the directory for the BIOS, VGA BIOS and keymaps\n",
4487 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004488SRST
4489``-L path``
4490 Set the directory for the BIOS, VGA BIOS and keymaps.
4491
4492 To list all the data directories, use ``-L help``.
4493ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004494
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004495DEF("enable-kvm", 0, QEMU_OPTION_enable_kvm, \
Thomas Huth21abf012022-04-27 15:49:06 +02004496 "-enable-kvm enable KVM full virtualization support\n",
4497 QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_I386 | QEMU_ARCH_MIPS | QEMU_ARCH_PPC |
4498 QEMU_ARCH_RISCV | QEMU_ARCH_S390X)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004499SRST
4500``-enable-kvm``
4501 Enable KVM full virtualization support. This option is only
4502 available if KVM support is enabled when compiling.
4503ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004504
aliguorie37630c2009-04-22 15:19:10 +00004505DEF("xen-domid", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_xen_domid,
Thomas Hutheeb36472022-04-27 15:31:56 +02004506 "-xen-domid id specify xen guest domain id\n",
4507 QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_I386)
aliguorie37630c2009-04-22 15:19:10 +00004508DEF("xen-attach", 0, QEMU_OPTION_xen_attach,
4509 "-xen-attach attach to existing xen domain\n"
Anthony PERARD1077bca2018-09-14 12:18:30 +01004510 " libxl will use this when starting QEMU\n",
Thomas Hutheeb36472022-04-27 15:31:56 +02004511 QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Paul Durrant1c599472017-03-22 09:39:15 +00004512DEF("xen-domid-restrict", 0, QEMU_OPTION_xen_domid_restrict,
4513 "-xen-domid-restrict restrict set of available xen operations\n"
4514 " to specified domain id. (Does not affect\n"
4515 " xenpv machine type).\n",
Thomas Hutheeb36472022-04-27 15:31:56 +02004516 QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004517SRST
4518``-xen-domid id``
4519 Specify xen guest domain id (XEN only).
4520
4521``-xen-attach``
4522 Attach to existing xen domain. libxl will use this when starting
4523 QEMU (XEN only). Restrict set of available xen operations to
4524 specified domain id (XEN only).
4525ERST
aliguorie37630c2009-04-22 15:19:10 +00004526
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004527DEF("no-reboot", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_reboot, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004528 "-no-reboot exit instead of rebooting\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004529SRST
4530``-no-reboot``
4531 Exit instead of rebooting.
4532ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004533
4534DEF("no-shutdown", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_shutdown, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004535 "-no-shutdown stop before shutdown\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004536SRST
4537``-no-shutdown``
4538 Don't exit QEMU on guest shutdown, but instead only stop the
4539 emulation. This allows for instance switching to monitor to commit
4540 changes to the disk image.
4541ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004542
Alejandro Jimenez2a5ad602020-12-11 11:52:41 -05004543DEF("action", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_action,
Paolo Bonzinic27025e2021-01-20 14:30:27 +01004544 "-action reboot=reset|shutdown\n"
4545 " action when guest reboots [default=reset]\n"
Alejandro Jimenez2a5ad602020-12-11 11:52:41 -05004546 "-action shutdown=poweroff|pause\n"
4547 " action when guest shuts down [default=poweroff]\n"
Ilya Leoshkevich0882caf2022-07-26 00:37:45 +02004548 "-action panic=pause|shutdown|exit-failure|none\n"
Paolo Bonzinic27025e2021-01-20 14:30:27 +01004549 " action when guest panics [default=shutdown]\n"
Alejandro Jimenez2a5ad602020-12-11 11:52:41 -05004550 "-action watchdog=reset|shutdown|poweroff|inject-nmi|pause|debug|none\n"
4551 " action when watchdog fires [default=reset]\n",
4552 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4553SRST
4554``-action event=action``
4555 The action parameter serves to modify QEMU's default behavior when
4556 certain guest events occur. It provides a generic method for specifying the
4557 same behaviors that are modified by the ``-no-reboot`` and ``-no-shutdown``
4558 parameters.
4559
4560 Examples:
4561
Alejandro Jimenezc753e8e2020-12-11 17:31:52 -05004562 ``-action panic=none``
Alejandro Jimenez2a5ad602020-12-11 11:52:41 -05004563 ``-action reboot=shutdown,shutdown=pause``
Paolo Bonzini5433af72022-09-10 13:44:47 +02004564 ``-device i6300esb -action watchdog=pause``
Alejandro Jimenez2a5ad602020-12-11 11:52:41 -05004565
4566ERST
4567
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004568DEF("loadvm", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_loadvm, \
4569 "-loadvm [tag|id]\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004570 " start right away with a saved state (loadvm in monitor)\n",
4571 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004572SRST
4573``-loadvm file``
4574 Start right away with a saved state (``loadvm`` in monitor)
4575ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004576
4577#ifndef _WIN32
4578DEF("daemonize", 0, QEMU_OPTION_daemonize, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004579 "-daemonize daemonize QEMU after initializing\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004580#endif
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004581SRST
4582``-daemonize``
4583 Daemonize the QEMU process after initialization. QEMU will not
4584 detach from standard IO until it is ready to receive connections on
4585 any of its devices. This option is a useful way for external
4586 programs to launch QEMU without having to cope with initialization
4587 race conditions.
4588ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004589
4590DEF("option-rom", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_option_rom, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004591 "-option-rom rom load a file, rom, into the option ROM space\n",
4592 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004593SRST
4594``-option-rom file``
4595 Load the contents of file as an option ROM. This option is useful to
4596 load things like EtherBoot.
4597ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004598
Jan Kiszka1ed2fc12009-09-15 13:36:04 +02004599DEF("rtc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_rtc, \
Artem Pisarenko238d1242018-10-18 13:12:52 +06004600 "-rtc [base=utc|localtime|<datetime>][,clock=host|rt|vm][,driftfix=none|slew]\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004601 " set the RTC base and clock, enable drift fix for clock ticks (x86 only)\n",
4602 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Jan Kiszka1ed2fc12009-09-15 13:36:04 +02004603
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004604SRST
4605``-rtc [base=utc|localtime|datetime][,clock=host|rt|vm][,driftfix=none|slew]``
4606 Specify ``base`` as ``utc`` or ``localtime`` to let the RTC start at
4607 the current UTC or local time, respectively. ``localtime`` is
4608 required for correct date in MS-DOS or Windows. To start at a
4609 specific point in time, provide datetime in the format
4610 ``2006-06-17T16:01:21`` or ``2006-06-17``. The default base is UTC.
4611
4612 By default the RTC is driven by the host system time. This allows
4613 using of the RTC as accurate reference clock inside the guest,
4614 specifically if the host time is smoothly following an accurate
4615 external reference clock, e.g. via NTP. If you want to isolate the
4616 guest time from the host, you can set ``clock`` to ``rt`` instead,
4617 which provides a host monotonic clock if host support it. To even
4618 prevent the RTC from progressing during suspension, you can set
4619 ``clock`` to ``vm`` (virtual clock). '\ ``clock=vm``\ ' is
4620 recommended especially in icount mode in order to preserve
4621 determinism; however, note that in icount mode the speed of the
4622 virtual clock is variable and can in general differ from the host
4623 clock.
4624
4625 Enable ``driftfix`` (i386 targets only) if you experience time drift
4626 problems, specifically with Windows' ACPI HAL. This option will try
4627 to figure out how many timer interrupts were not processed by the
4628 Windows guest and will re-inject them.
4629ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004630
4631DEF("icount", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_icount, \
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004632 "-icount [shift=N|auto][,align=on|off][,sleep=on|off][,rr=record|replay,rrfile=<filename>[,rrsnapshot=<snapshot>]]\n" \
aliguoribc14ca22009-04-05 18:43:37 +00004633 " enable virtual instruction counter with 2^N clock ticks per\n" \
Victor CLEMENTf1f4b572015-05-29 17:14:05 +02004634 " instruction, enable aligning the host and virtual clocks\n" \
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004635 " or disable real time cpu sleeping, and optionally enable\n" \
4636 " record-and-replay mode\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004637SRST
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004638``-icount [shift=N|auto][,align=on|off][,sleep=on|off][,rr=record|replay,rrfile=filename[,rrsnapshot=snapshot]]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004639 Enable virtual instruction counter. The virtual cpu will execute one
4640 instruction every 2^N ns of virtual time. If ``auto`` is specified
4641 then the virtual cpu speed will be automatically adjusted to keep
4642 virtual time within a few seconds of real time.
4643
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004644 Note that while this option can give deterministic behavior, it does
4645 not provide cycle accurate emulation. Modern CPUs contain
4646 superscalar out of order cores with complex cache hierarchies. The
4647 number of instructions executed often has little or no correlation
4648 with actual performance.
4649
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004650 When the virtual cpu is sleeping, the virtual time will advance at
4651 default speed unless ``sleep=on`` is specified. With
4652 ``sleep=on``, the virtual time will jump to the next timer
4653 deadline instantly whenever the virtual cpu goes to sleep mode and
4654 will not advance if no timer is enabled. This behavior gives
4655 deterministic execution times from the guest point of view.
4656 The default if icount is enabled is ``sleep=off``.
4657 ``sleep=on`` cannot be used together with either ``shift=auto``
4658 or ``align=on``.
4659
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004660 ``align=on`` will activate the delay algorithm which will try to
4661 synchronise the host clock and the virtual clock. The goal is to
4662 have a guest running at the real frequency imposed by the shift
4663 option. Whenever the guest clock is behind the host clock and if
4664 ``align=on`` is specified then we print a message to the user to
4665 inform about the delay. Currently this option does not work when
4666 ``shift`` is ``auto``. Note: The sync algorithm will work for those
4667 shift values for which the guest clock runs ahead of the host clock.
4668 Typically this happens when the shift value is high (how high
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004669 depends on the host machine). The default if icount is enabled
4670 is ``align=off``.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004671
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004672 When the ``rr`` option is specified deterministic record/replay is
4673 enabled. The ``rrfile=`` option must also be provided to
4674 specify the path to the replay log. In record mode data is written
4675 to this file, and in replay mode it is read back.
4676 If the ``rrsnapshot`` option is given then it specifies a VM snapshot
4677 name. In record mode, a new VM snapshot with the given name is created
4678 at the start of execution recording. In replay mode this option
4679 specifies the snapshot name used to load the initial VM state.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004680ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004681
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01004682DEF("watchdog-action", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_watchdog_action, \
Markus Armbruster7ad92702017-10-02 16:03:07 +02004683 "-watchdog-action reset|shutdown|poweroff|inject-nmi|pause|debug|none\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004684 " action when watchdog fires [default=reset]\n",
4685 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004686SRST
4687``-watchdog-action action``
4688 The action controls what QEMU will do when the watchdog timer
4689 expires. The default is ``reset`` (forcefully reset the guest).
4690 Other possible actions are: ``shutdown`` (attempt to gracefully
4691 shutdown the guest), ``poweroff`` (forcefully poweroff the guest),
4692 ``inject-nmi`` (inject a NMI into the guest), ``pause`` (pause the
4693 guest), ``debug`` (print a debug message and continue), or ``none``
4694 (do nothing).
4695
4696 Note that the ``shutdown`` action requires that the guest responds
4697 to ACPI signals, which it may not be able to do in the sort of
4698 situations where the watchdog would have expired, and thus
4699 ``-watchdog-action shutdown`` is not recommended for production use.
4700
4701 Examples:
4702
Paolo Bonzini5433af72022-09-10 13:44:47 +02004703 ``-device i6300esb -watchdog-action pause``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004704
4705ERST
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01004706
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004707DEF("echr", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_echr, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004708 "-echr chr set terminal escape character instead of ctrl-a\n",
4709 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004710SRST
4711``-echr numeric_ascii_value``
4712 Change the escape character used for switching to the monitor when
4713 using monitor and serial sharing. The default is ``0x01`` when using
4714 the ``-nographic`` option. ``0x01`` is equal to pressing
4715 ``Control-a``. You can select a different character from the ascii
4716 control keys where 1 through 26 map to Control-a through Control-z.
4717 For instance you could use the either of the following to change the
4718 escape character to Control-t.
4719
4720 ``-echr 0x14``; \ ``-echr 20``
4721
4722ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004723
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004724DEF("incoming", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_incoming, \
Daniel P. Berrangébf240952021-02-16 19:10:22 +00004725 "-incoming tcp:[host]:port[,to=maxport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]\n" \
4726 "-incoming rdma:host:port[,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]\n" \
Michael Tokarev7c601802015-02-10 22:40:47 +03004727 "-incoming unix:socketpath\n" \
4728 " prepare for incoming migration, listen on\n" \
4729 " specified protocol and socket address\n" \
4730 "-incoming fd:fd\n" \
Steve Sistare385f5102023-09-08 07:22:11 -07004731 "-incoming file:filename[,offset=offset]\n" \
Michael Tokarev7c601802015-02-10 22:40:47 +03004732 "-incoming exec:cmdline\n" \
4733 " accept incoming migration on given file descriptor\n" \
Dr. David Alan Gilbert15970512015-05-29 19:52:52 +01004734 " or from given external command\n" \
4735 "-incoming defer\n" \
4736 " wait for the URI to be specified via migrate_incoming\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004737 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004738SRST
Daniel P. Berrangébf240952021-02-16 19:10:22 +00004739``-incoming tcp:[host]:port[,to=maxport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00004740 \
Daniel P. Berrangébf240952021-02-16 19:10:22 +00004741``-incoming rdma:host:port[,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004742 Prepare for incoming migration, listen on a given tcp port.
4743
4744``-incoming unix:socketpath``
4745 Prepare for incoming migration, listen on a given unix socket.
4746
4747``-incoming fd:fd``
Steve Sistare2a9e2e52023-09-08 07:22:10 -07004748 Accept incoming migration from a given file descriptor.
4749
Steve Sistare385f5102023-09-08 07:22:11 -07004750``-incoming file:filename[,offset=offset]``
4751 Accept incoming migration from a given file starting at offset.
4752 offset allows the common size suffixes, or a 0x prefix, but not both.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004753
4754``-incoming exec:cmdline``
4755 Accept incoming migration as an output from specified external
4756 command.
4757
4758``-incoming defer``
4759 Wait for the URI to be specified via migrate\_incoming. The monitor
4760 can be used to change settings (such as migration parameters) prior
4761 to issuing the migrate\_incoming to allow the migration to begin.
4762ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004763
Ashijeet Acharyad15c05f2017-01-16 17:01:51 +05304764DEF("only-migratable", 0, QEMU_OPTION_only_migratable, \
4765 "-only-migratable allow only migratable devices\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004766SRST
4767``-only-migratable``
4768 Only allow migratable devices. Devices will not be allowed to enter
4769 an unmigratable state.
4770ERST
Ashijeet Acharyad15c05f2017-01-16 17:01:51 +05304771
Gerd Hoffmannd8c208d2009-12-08 13:11:46 +01004772DEF("nodefaults", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nodefaults, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004773 "-nodefaults don't create default devices\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004774SRST
4775``-nodefaults``
4776 Don't create default devices. Normally, QEMU sets the default
4777 devices like serial port, parallel port, virtual console, monitor
4778 device, VGA adapter, floppy and CD-ROM drive and others. The
4779 ``-nodefaults`` option will disable all those default devices.
4780ERST
Gerd Hoffmannd8c208d2009-12-08 13:11:46 +01004781
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004782#ifndef _WIN32
4783DEF("chroot", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_chroot, \
Thomas Huth9ffcbe22023-07-03 09:44:47 +02004784 "-chroot dir chroot to dir just before starting the VM (deprecated)\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004785 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004786#endif
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004787SRST
4788``-chroot dir``
Thomas Huth9ffcbe22023-07-03 09:44:47 +02004789 Deprecated, use '-run-with chroot=...' instead.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004790 Immediately before starting guest execution, chroot to the specified
4791 directory. Especially useful in combination with -runas.
4792ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004793
4794#ifndef _WIN32
4795DEF("runas", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_runas, \
Ian Jackson2c42f1e2017-09-15 18:10:44 +01004796 "-runas user change to user id user just before starting the VM\n" \
4797 " user can be numeric uid:gid instead\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004798 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004799#endif
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004800SRST
4801``-runas user``
4802 Immediately before starting guest execution, drop root privileges,
4803 switching to the specified user.
4804ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004805
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004806DEF("prom-env", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_prom_env,
4807 "-prom-env variable=value\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004808 " set OpenBIOS nvram variables\n",
4809 QEMU_ARCH_PPC | QEMU_ARCH_SPARC)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004810SRST
4811``-prom-env variable=value``
4812 Set OpenBIOS nvram variable to given value (PPC, SPARC only).
4813
4814 ::
4815
4816 qemu-system-sparc -prom-env 'auto-boot?=false' \
4817 -prom-env 'boot-device=sd(0,2,0):d' -prom-env 'boot-args=linux single'
4818
4819 ::
4820
4821 qemu-system-ppc -prom-env 'auto-boot?=false' \
4822 -prom-env 'boot-device=hd:2,\yaboot' \
4823 -prom-env 'boot-args=conf=hd:2,\yaboot.conf'
4824ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004825DEF("semihosting", 0, QEMU_OPTION_semihosting,
Michael Wallef7bbcfb2014-04-22 20:18:42 +02004826 "-semihosting semihosting mode\n",
Markus Armbruster9d49bcf2021-05-03 10:40:33 +02004827 QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_M68K | QEMU_ARCH_XTENSA |
Keith Packarda10b9d92021-01-08 22:42:52 +00004828 QEMU_ARCH_MIPS | QEMU_ARCH_NIOS2 | QEMU_ARCH_RISCV)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004829SRST
4830``-semihosting``
Alex Bennée2da9d212023-01-24 18:01:13 +00004831 Enable :ref:`Semihosting` mode (ARM, M68K, Xtensa, MIPS, Nios II, RISC-V only).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004832
Alex Bennée2da9d212023-01-24 18:01:13 +00004833 .. warning::
4834 Note that this allows guest direct access to the host filesystem, so
4835 should only be used with a trusted guest OS.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004836
4837 See the -semihosting-config option documentation for further
4838 information about the facilities this enables.
4839ERST
Liviu Ionescua38bb072014-12-11 12:07:48 +00004840DEF("semihosting-config", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_semihosting_config,
Peter Maydell52028612022-08-22 15:12:24 +01004841 "-semihosting-config [enable=on|off][,target=native|gdb|auto][,chardev=id][,userspace=on|off][,arg=str[,...]]\n" \
Leon Alraea59d31a2015-06-19 14:17:45 +01004842 " semihosting configuration\n",
Markus Armbruster9d49bcf2021-05-03 10:40:33 +02004843QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_M68K | QEMU_ARCH_XTENSA |
Keith Packarda10b9d92021-01-08 22:42:52 +00004844QEMU_ARCH_MIPS | QEMU_ARCH_NIOS2 | QEMU_ARCH_RISCV)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004845SRST
Peter Maydell52028612022-08-22 15:12:24 +01004846``-semihosting-config [enable=on|off][,target=native|gdb|auto][,chardev=id][,userspace=on|off][,arg=str[,...]]``
Alex Bennée2da9d212023-01-24 18:01:13 +00004847 Enable and configure :ref:`Semihosting` (ARM, M68K, Xtensa, MIPS, Nios II, RISC-V
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004848 only).
4849
Alex Bennée2da9d212023-01-24 18:01:13 +00004850 .. warning::
4851 Note that this allows guest direct access to the host filesystem, so
4852 should only be used with a trusted guest OS.
Keith Packarda10b9d92021-01-08 22:42:52 +00004853
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004854 ``target=native|gdb|auto``
4855 Defines where the semihosting calls will be addressed, to QEMU
4856 (``native``) or to GDB (``gdb``). The default is ``auto``, which
4857 means ``gdb`` during debug sessions and ``native`` otherwise.
4858
4859 ``chardev=str1``
4860 Send the output to a chardev backend output for native or auto
4861 output when not in gdb
4862
Peter Maydell52028612022-08-22 15:12:24 +01004863 ``userspace=on|off``
4864 Allows code running in guest userspace to access the semihosting
4865 interface. The default is that only privileged guest code can
4866 make semihosting calls. Note that setting ``userspace=on`` should
4867 only be used if all guest code is trusted (for example, in
4868 bare-metal test case code).
4869
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004870 ``arg=str1,arg=str2,...``
4871 Allows the user to pass input arguments, and can be used
4872 multiple times to build up a list. The old-style
4873 ``-kernel``/``-append`` method of passing a command line is
4874 still supported for backward compatibility. If both the
4875 ``--semihosting-config arg`` and the ``-kernel``/``-append`` are
4876 specified, the former is passed to semihosting as it always
4877 takes precedence.
4878ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004879DEF("old-param", 0, QEMU_OPTION_old_param,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004880 "-old-param old param mode\n", QEMU_ARCH_ARM)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004881SRST
4882``-old-param``
4883 Old param mode (ARM only).
4884ERST
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01004885
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03004886DEF("sandbox", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_sandbox, \
Eduardo Otubo73a1e642017-03-13 22:13:27 +01004887 "-sandbox on[,obsolete=allow|deny][,elevateprivileges=allow|deny|children]\n" \
Eduardo Otubo24f8cdc2017-03-13 22:18:51 +01004888 " [,spawn=allow|deny][,resourcecontrol=allow|deny]\n" \
Eduardo Otubo2b716fa2017-03-01 23:17:29 +01004889 " Enable seccomp mode 2 system call filter (default 'off').\n" \
4890 " use 'obsolete' to allow obsolete system calls that are provided\n" \
4891 " by the kernel, but typically no longer used by modern\n" \
Eduardo Otubo73a1e642017-03-13 22:13:27 +01004892 " C library implementations.\n" \
Philippe Mathieu-Daudéd42304b2021-03-03 19:46:43 +01004893 " use 'elevateprivileges' to allow or deny the QEMU process ability\n" \
4894 " to elevate privileges using set*uid|gid system calls.\n" \
Eduardo Otubo73a1e642017-03-13 22:13:27 +01004895 " The value 'children' will deny set*uid|gid system calls for\n" \
Eduardo Otubo995a2262017-03-13 22:16:01 +01004896 " main QEMU process but will allow forks and execves to run unprivileged\n" \
4897 " use 'spawn' to avoid QEMU to spawn new threads or processes by\n" \
Philippe Mathieu-Daudéd42304b2021-03-03 19:46:43 +01004898 " blocking *fork and execve\n" \
Eduardo Otubo24f8cdc2017-03-13 22:18:51 +01004899 " use 'resourcecontrol' to disable process affinity and schedular priority\n",
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03004900 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004901SRST
4902``-sandbox arg[,obsolete=string][,elevateprivileges=string][,spawn=string][,resourcecontrol=string]``
4903 Enable Seccomp mode 2 system call filter. 'on' will enable syscall
4904 filtering and 'off' will disable it. The default is 'off'.
4905
4906 ``obsolete=string``
4907 Enable Obsolete system calls
4908
4909 ``elevateprivileges=string``
4910 Disable set\*uid\|gid system calls
4911
4912 ``spawn=string``
4913 Disable \*fork and execve
4914
4915 ``resourcecontrol=string``
4916 Disable process affinity and schedular priority
4917ERST
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03004918
Gerd Hoffmann715a6642009-10-14 10:39:28 +02004919DEF("readconfig", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_readconfig,
Paolo Bonzinie960a7e2022-04-14 10:57:21 -04004920 "-readconfig <file>\n"
4921 " read config file\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004922SRST
4923``-readconfig file``
4924 Read device configuration from file. This approach is useful when
4925 you want to spawn QEMU process with many command line options but
4926 you don't want to exceed the command line character limit.
4927ERST
Thomas Huth2feac452018-08-21 12:59:56 +02004928
Eduardo Habkostf29a5612012-05-02 13:07:29 -03004929DEF("no-user-config", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nouserconfig,
4930 "-no-user-config\n"
Eduardo Habkost3478eae2017-10-04 00:00:25 -03004931 " do not load default user-provided config files at startup\n",
Eduardo Habkostf29a5612012-05-02 13:07:29 -03004932 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004933SRST
4934``-no-user-config``
4935 The ``-no-user-config`` option makes QEMU not load any of the
4936 user-provided config files on sysconfdir.
4937ERST
Thomas Huth2feac452018-08-21 12:59:56 +02004938
Prerna Saxenaab6540d2010-08-09 11:48:32 +01004939DEF("trace", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_trace,
Paolo Bonzini10578a22016-01-07 16:55:26 +03004940 "-trace [[enable=]<pattern>][,events=<file>][,file=<file>]\n"
Lluís23d15e82011-08-31 20:31:31 +02004941 " specify tracing options\n",
Prerna Saxenaab6540d2010-08-09 11:48:32 +01004942 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004943SRST
4944``-trace [[enable=]pattern][,events=file][,file=file]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00004945 .. include:: ../qemu-option-trace.rst.inc
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004946
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004947ERST
Lluís Vilanova42229a72017-07-24 17:28:22 +03004948DEF("plugin", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_plugin,
Mahmoud Mandour3a445ac2021-07-30 15:58:05 +02004949 "-plugin [file=]<file>[,<argname>=<argvalue>]\n"
Lluís Vilanova42229a72017-07-24 17:28:22 +03004950 " load a plugin\n",
4951 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004952SRST
Mahmoud Mandour3a445ac2021-07-30 15:58:05 +02004953``-plugin file=file[,argname=argvalue]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004954 Load a plugin.
4955
4956 ``file=file``
4957 Load the given plugin from a shared library file.
4958
Mahmoud Mandour3a445ac2021-07-30 15:58:05 +02004959 ``argname=argvalue``
4960 Argument passed to the plugin. (Can be given multiple times.)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004961ERST
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01004962
Markus Armbruster31e70d62013-02-13 19:49:37 +01004963HXCOMM Internal use
4964DEF("qtest", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qtest, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4965DEF("qtest-log", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qtest_log, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Anthony Liguoric7f0f3b2012-03-28 15:42:02 +02004966
Claudio Imbrendac891c242022-08-12 15:34:53 +02004967#ifdef __linux__
4968DEF("async-teardown", 0, QEMU_OPTION_asyncteardown,
4969 "-async-teardown enable asynchronous teardown\n",
4970 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Claudio Imbrendac891c242022-08-12 15:34:53 +02004971SRST
4972``-async-teardown``
Claudio Imbrenda80bd81c2023-05-05 14:00:51 +02004973 This option is deprecated and should no longer be used. The new option
4974 ``-run-with async-teardown=on`` is a replacement.
Claudio Imbrendac891c242022-08-12 15:34:53 +02004975ERST
Thomas Huth9ffcbe22023-07-03 09:44:47 +02004976#endif
4977#ifdef CONFIG_POSIX
Claudio Imbrenda80bd81c2023-05-05 14:00:51 +02004978DEF("run-with", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_run_with,
Thomas Huth9ffcbe22023-07-03 09:44:47 +02004979 "-run-with [async-teardown=on|off][,chroot=dir]\n"
4980 " Set miscellaneous QEMU process lifecycle options:\n"
4981 " async-teardown=on enables asynchronous teardown (Linux only)\n"
4982 " chroot=dir chroot to dir just before starting the VM\n",
Claudio Imbrenda80bd81c2023-05-05 14:00:51 +02004983 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4984SRST
Thomas Huth9ffcbe22023-07-03 09:44:47 +02004985``-run-with [async-teardown=on|off][,chroot=dir]``
Claudio Imbrenda80bd81c2023-05-05 14:00:51 +02004986 Set QEMU process lifecycle options.
4987
4988 ``async-teardown=on`` enables asynchronous teardown. A new process called
4989 "cleanup/<QEMU_PID>" will be created at startup sharing the address
4990 space with the main QEMU process, using clone. It will wait for the
4991 main QEMU process to terminate completely, and then exit. This allows
4992 QEMU to terminate very quickly even if the guest was huge, leaving the
4993 teardown of the address space to the cleanup process. Since the cleanup
4994 process shares the same cgroups as the main QEMU process, accounting is
4995 performed correctly. This only works if the cleanup process is not
4996 forcefully killed with SIGKILL before the main QEMU process has
4997 terminated completely.
Thomas Huth9ffcbe22023-07-03 09:44:47 +02004998
4999 ``chroot=dir`` can be used for doing a chroot to the specified directory
5000 immediately before starting the guest execution. This is especially useful
5001 in combination with -runas.
Claudio Imbrenda80bd81c2023-05-05 14:00:51 +02005002ERST
5003#endif
Claudio Imbrendac891c242022-08-12 15:34:53 +02005004
Seiji Aguchi5e2ac512013-07-03 23:02:46 -04005005DEF("msg", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_msg,
Mario Smarduch2880ffb2020-06-26 13:19:00 -07005006 "-msg [timestamp[=on|off]][,guest-name=[on|off]]\n"
Markus Armbrusterdeda4972019-10-10 10:15:08 +02005007 " control error message format\n"
Mario Smarduch2880ffb2020-06-26 13:19:00 -07005008 " timestamp=on enables timestamps (default: off)\n"
5009 " guest-name=on enables guest name prefix but only if\n"
5010 " -name guest option is set (default: off)\n",
Seiji Aguchi5e2ac512013-07-03 23:02:46 -04005011 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005012SRST
Mario Smarduch2880ffb2020-06-26 13:19:00 -07005013``-msg [timestamp[=on|off]][,guest-name[=on|off]]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005014 Control error message format.
5015
5016 ``timestamp=on|off``
5017 Prefix messages with a timestamp. Default is off.
Mario Smarduch2880ffb2020-06-26 13:19:00 -07005018
5019 ``guest-name=on|off``
5020 Prefix messages with guest name but only if -name guest option is set
5021 otherwise the option is ignored. Default is off.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005022ERST
Seiji Aguchi5e2ac512013-07-03 23:02:46 -04005023
Amit Shahabfd9ce2014-06-20 18:56:08 +05305024DEF("dump-vmstate", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_dump_vmstate,
5025 "-dump-vmstate <file>\n"
5026 " Output vmstate information in JSON format to file.\n"
5027 " Use the scripts/vmstate-static-checker.py file to\n"
5028 " check for possible regressions in migration code\n"
Laurent Vivier23820532015-09-04 21:30:04 +02005029 " by comparing two such vmstate dumps.\n",
Amit Shahabfd9ce2014-06-20 18:56:08 +05305030 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005031SRST
5032``-dump-vmstate file``
5033 Dump json-encoded vmstate information for current machine type to
5034 file in file
5035ERST
Amit Shahabfd9ce2014-06-20 18:56:08 +05305036
Emilio G. Cota12df1892018-08-15 11:42:49 -04005037DEF("enable-sync-profile", 0, QEMU_OPTION_enable_sync_profile,
5038 "-enable-sync-profile\n"
5039 " enable synchronization profiling\n",
5040 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005041SRST
5042``-enable-sync-profile``
5043 Enable synchronization profiling.
5044ERST
Emilio G. Cota12df1892018-08-15 11:42:49 -04005045
Ilya Leoshkevich5584e2d2023-01-12 16:20:13 +01005046#if defined(CONFIG_TCG) && defined(CONFIG_LINUX)
5047DEF("perfmap", 0, QEMU_OPTION_perfmap,
5048 "-perfmap generate a /tmp/perf-${pid}.map file for perf\n",
5049 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
5050SRST
5051``-perfmap``
5052 Generate a map file for Linux perf tools that will allow basic profiling
5053 information to be broken down into basic blocks.
5054ERST
5055
5056DEF("jitdump", 0, QEMU_OPTION_jitdump,
5057 "-jitdump generate a jit-${pid}.dump file for perf\n",
5058 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
5059SRST
5060``-jitdump``
5061 Generate a dump file for Linux perf tools that maps basic blocks to symbol
5062 names, line numbers and JITted code.
5063ERST
5064#endif
5065
Paolo Bonzini43f187a2017-01-04 13:50:37 +01005066DEFHEADING()
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02005067
5068DEFHEADING(Generic object creation:)
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01005069
5070DEF("object", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_object,
5071 "-object TYPENAME[,PROP1=VALUE1,...]\n"
5072 " create a new object of type TYPENAME setting properties\n"
5073 " in the order they are specified. Note that the 'id'\n"
5074 " property must be set. These objects are placed in the\n"
5075 " '/objects' path.\n",
5076 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005077SRST
5078``-object typename[,prop1=value1,...]``
5079 Create a new object of type typename setting properties in the order
5080 they are specified. Note that the 'id' property must be set. These
5081 objects are placed in the '/objects' path.
5082
David Hildenbrande92666b2023-09-06 14:04:55 +02005083 ``-object memory-backend-file,id=id,size=size,mem-path=dir,share=on|off,discard-data=on|off,merge=on|off,dump=on|off,prealloc=on|off,host-nodes=host-nodes,policy=default|preferred|bind|interleave,align=align,offset=offset,readonly=on|off,rom=on|off|auto``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005084 Creates a memory file backend object, which can be used to back
5085 the guest RAM with huge pages.
5086
5087 The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID that will be used to
Robert Hoo56c9f002021-04-22 16:42:02 +08005088 reference this memory region in other parameters, e.g. ``-numa``,
5089 ``-device nvdimm``, etc.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005090
5091 The ``size`` option provides the size of the memory region, and
Robert Hoo56c9f002021-04-22 16:42:02 +08005092 accepts common suffixes, e.g. ``500M``.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005093
5094 The ``mem-path`` provides the path to either a shared memory or
5095 huge page filesystem mount.
5096
5097 The ``share`` boolean option determines whether the memory
5098 region is marked as private to QEMU, or shared. The latter
5099 allows a co-operating external process to access the QEMU memory
5100 region.
5101
5102 The ``share`` is also required for pvrdma devices due to
5103 limitations in the RDMA API provided by Linux.
5104
5105 Setting share=on might affect the ability to configure NUMA
5106 bindings for the memory backend under some circumstances, see
5107 Documentation/vm/numa\_memory\_policy.txt on the Linux kernel
5108 source tree for additional details.
5109
5110 Setting the ``discard-data`` boolean option to on indicates that
5111 file contents can be destroyed when QEMU exits, to avoid
5112 unnecessarily flushing data to the backing file. Note that
5113 ``discard-data`` is only an optimization, and QEMU might not
5114 discard file contents if it aborts unexpectedly or is terminated
5115 using SIGKILL.
5116
5117 The ``merge`` boolean option enables memory merge, also known as
5118 MADV\_MERGEABLE, so that Kernel Samepage Merging will consider
5119 the pages for memory deduplication.
5120
5121 Setting the ``dump`` boolean option to off excludes the memory
5122 from core dumps. This feature is also known as MADV\_DONTDUMP.
5123
5124 The ``prealloc`` boolean option enables memory preallocation.
5125
5126 The ``host-nodes`` option binds the memory range to a list of
5127 NUMA host nodes.
5128
5129 The ``policy`` option sets the NUMA policy to one of the
5130 following values:
5131
5132 ``default``
5133 default host policy
5134
5135 ``preferred``
5136 prefer the given host node list for allocation
5137
5138 ``bind``
5139 restrict memory allocation to the given host node list
5140
5141 ``interleave``
5142 interleave memory allocations across the given host node
5143 list
5144
5145 The ``align`` option specifies the base address alignment when
5146 QEMU mmap(2) ``mem-path``, and accepts common suffixes, eg
5147 ``2M``. Some backend store specified by ``mem-path`` requires an
5148 alignment different than the default one used by QEMU, eg the
5149 device DAX /dev/dax0.0 requires 2M alignment rather than 4K. In
5150 such cases, users can specify the required alignment via this
5151 option.
5152
Alexander Graf4b870dc2023-04-03 22:14:21 +00005153 The ``offset`` option specifies the offset into the target file
5154 that the region starts at. You can use this parameter to back
5155 multiple regions with a single file.
5156
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005157 The ``pmem`` option specifies whether the backing file specified
5158 by ``mem-path`` is in host persistent memory that can be
5159 accessed using the SNIA NVM programming model (e.g. Intel
5160 NVDIMM). If ``pmem`` is set to 'on', QEMU will take necessary
5161 operations to guarantee the persistence of its own writes to
5162 ``mem-path`` (e.g. in vNVDIMM label emulation and live
5163 migration). Also, we will map the backend-file with MAP\_SYNC
5164 flag, which ensures the file metadata is in sync for
5165 ``mem-path`` in case of host crash or a power failure. MAP\_SYNC
5166 requires support from both the host kernel (since Linux kernel
5167 4.15) and the filesystem of ``mem-path`` mounted with DAX
5168 option.
5169
Stefan Hajnoczi86635aa2021-01-04 17:13:19 +00005170 The ``readonly`` option specifies whether the backing file is opened
5171 read-only or read-write (default).
5172
David Hildenbrande92666b2023-09-06 14:04:55 +02005173 The ``rom`` option specifies whether to create Read Only Memory
5174 (ROM) that cannot be modified by the VM. Any write attempts to such
5175 ROM will be denied. Most use cases want proper RAM instead of ROM.
5176 However, selected use cases, like R/O NVDIMMs, can benefit from
5177 ROM. If set to ``on``, create ROM; if set to ``off``, create
5178 writable RAM; if set to ``auto`` (default), the value of the
5179 ``readonly`` option is used. This option is primarily helpful when
5180 we want to have writable RAM in configurations that would
5181 traditionally create ROM before the ``rom`` option was introduced:
5182 VM templating, where we want to open a file readonly
5183 (``readonly=on``) and mark the memory to be private for QEMU
5184 (``share=off``). For this use case, we need writable RAM instead
5185 of ROM, and want to also set ``rom=off``.
5186
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005187 ``-object memory-backend-ram,id=id,merge=on|off,dump=on|off,share=on|off,prealloc=on|off,size=size,host-nodes=host-nodes,policy=default|preferred|bind|interleave``
5188 Creates a memory backend object, which can be used to back the
5189 guest RAM. Memory backend objects offer more control than the
5190 ``-m`` option that is traditionally used to define guest RAM.
5191 Please refer to ``memory-backend-file`` for a description of the
5192 options.
5193
5194 ``-object memory-backend-memfd,id=id,merge=on|off,dump=on|off,share=on|off,prealloc=on|off,size=size,host-nodes=host-nodes,policy=default|preferred|bind|interleave,seal=on|off,hugetlb=on|off,hugetlbsize=size``
5195 Creates an anonymous memory file backend object, which allows
5196 QEMU to share the memory with an external process (e.g. when
5197 using vhost-user). The memory is allocated with memfd and
5198 optional sealing. (Linux only)
5199
5200 The ``seal`` option creates a sealed-file, that will block
5201 further resizing the memory ('on' by default).
5202
5203 The ``hugetlb`` option specify the file to be created resides in
5204 the hugetlbfs filesystem (since Linux 4.14). Used in conjunction
5205 with the ``hugetlb`` option, the ``hugetlbsize`` option specify
5206 the hugetlb page size on systems that support multiple hugetlb
5207 page sizes (it must be a power of 2 value supported by the
5208 system).
5209
5210 In some versions of Linux, the ``hugetlb`` option is
5211 incompatible with the ``seal`` option (requires at least Linux
5212 4.16).
5213
5214 Please refer to ``memory-backend-file`` for a description of the
5215 other options.
5216
5217 The ``share`` boolean option is on by default with memfd.
5218
5219 ``-object rng-builtin,id=id``
5220 Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy
5221 from QEMU builtin functions. The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID
5222 that will be used to reference this entropy backend from the
5223 ``virtio-rng`` device. By default, the ``virtio-rng`` device
5224 uses this RNG backend.
5225
5226 ``-object rng-random,id=id,filename=/dev/random``
5227 Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy
5228 from a device on the host. The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID
5229 that will be used to reference this entropy backend from the
5230 ``virtio-rng`` device. The ``filename`` parameter specifies
5231 which file to obtain entropy from and if omitted defaults to
5232 ``/dev/urandom``.
5233
5234 ``-object rng-egd,id=id,chardev=chardevid``
5235 Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy
5236 from an external daemon running on the host. The ``id``
5237 parameter is a unique ID that will be used to reference this
5238 entropy backend from the ``virtio-rng`` device. The ``chardev``
5239 parameter is the unique ID of a character device backend that
5240 provides the connection to the RNG daemon.
5241
5242 ``-object tls-creds-anon,id=id,endpoint=endpoint,dir=/path/to/cred/dir,verify-peer=on|off``
5243 Creates a TLS anonymous credentials object, which can be used to
5244 provide TLS support on network backends. The ``id`` parameter is
5245 a unique ID which network backends will use to access the
5246 credentials. The ``endpoint`` is either ``server`` or ``client``
5247 depending on whether the QEMU network backend that uses the
5248 credentials will be acting as a client or as a server. If
5249 ``verify-peer`` is enabled (the default) then once the handshake
5250 is completed, the peer credentials will be verified, though this
5251 is a no-op for anonymous credentials.
5252
5253 The dir parameter tells QEMU where to find the credential files.
5254 For server endpoints, this directory may contain a file
5255 dh-params.pem providing diffie-hellman parameters to use for the
5256 TLS server. If the file is missing, QEMU will generate a set of
5257 DH parameters at startup. This is a computationally expensive
5258 operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is
5259 recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated
5260 upfront and saved.
5261
5262 ``-object tls-creds-psk,id=id,endpoint=endpoint,dir=/path/to/keys/dir[,username=username]``
5263 Creates a TLS Pre-Shared Keys (PSK) credentials object, which
5264 can be used to provide TLS support on network backends. The
5265 ``id`` parameter is a unique ID which network backends will use
5266 to access the credentials. The ``endpoint`` is either ``server``
5267 or ``client`` depending on whether the QEMU network backend that
5268 uses the credentials will be acting as a client or as a server.
5269 For clients only, ``username`` is the username which will be
5270 sent to the server. If omitted it defaults to "qemu".
5271
5272 The dir parameter tells QEMU where to find the keys file. It is
5273 called "dir/keys.psk" and contains "username:key" pairs. This
5274 file can most easily be created using the GnuTLS ``psktool``
5275 program.
5276
5277 For server endpoints, dir may also contain a file dh-params.pem
5278 providing diffie-hellman parameters to use for the TLS server.
5279 If the file is missing, QEMU will generate a set of DH
5280 parameters at startup. This is a computationally expensive
5281 operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is
5282 recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated up
5283 front and saved.
5284
5285 ``-object tls-creds-x509,id=id,endpoint=endpoint,dir=/path/to/cred/dir,priority=priority,verify-peer=on|off,passwordid=id``
5286 Creates a TLS anonymous credentials object, which can be used to
5287 provide TLS support on network backends. The ``id`` parameter is
5288 a unique ID which network backends will use to access the
5289 credentials. The ``endpoint`` is either ``server`` or ``client``
5290 depending on whether the QEMU network backend that uses the
5291 credentials will be acting as a client or as a server. If
5292 ``verify-peer`` is enabled (the default) then once the handshake
5293 is completed, the peer credentials will be verified. With x509
5294 certificates, this implies that the clients must be provided
5295 with valid client certificates too.
5296
5297 The dir parameter tells QEMU where to find the credential files.
5298 For server endpoints, this directory may contain a file
5299 dh-params.pem providing diffie-hellman parameters to use for the
5300 TLS server. If the file is missing, QEMU will generate a set of
5301 DH parameters at startup. This is a computationally expensive
5302 operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is
5303 recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated
5304 upfront and saved.
5305
5306 For x509 certificate credentials the directory will contain
5307 further files providing the x509 certificates. The certificates
5308 must be stored in PEM format, in filenames ca-cert.pem,
5309 ca-crl.pem (optional), server-cert.pem (only servers),
5310 server-key.pem (only servers), client-cert.pem (only clients),
5311 and client-key.pem (only clients).
5312
5313 For the server-key.pem and client-key.pem files which contain
5314 sensitive private keys, it is possible to use an encrypted
5315 version by providing the passwordid parameter. This provides the
5316 ID of a previously created ``secret`` object containing the
5317 password for decryption.
5318
5319 The priority parameter allows to override the global default
5320 priority used by gnutls. This can be useful if the system
5321 administrator needs to use a weaker set of crypto priorities for
5322 QEMU without potentially forcing the weakness onto all
5323 applications. Or conversely if one wants wants a stronger
5324 default for QEMU than for all other applications, they can do
5325 this through this parameter. Its format is a gnutls priority
5326 string as described at
5327 https://gnutls.org/manual/html_node/Priority-Strings.html.
5328
Philippe Mathieu-Daudé993aec22018-10-11 20:21:11 +02005329 ``-object tls-cipher-suites,id=id,priority=priority``
5330 Creates a TLS cipher suites object, which can be used to control
5331 the TLS cipher/protocol algorithms that applications are permitted
5332 to use.
5333
5334 The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID which frontends will use to
5335 access the ordered list of permitted TLS cipher suites from the
5336 host.
5337
5338 The ``priority`` parameter allows to override the global default
5339 priority used by gnutls. This can be useful if the system
5340 administrator needs to use a weaker set of crypto priorities for
5341 QEMU without potentially forcing the weakness onto all
5342 applications. Or conversely if one wants wants a stronger
5343 default for QEMU than for all other applications, they can do
5344 this through this parameter. Its format is a gnutls priority
5345 string as described at
5346 https://gnutls.org/manual/html_node/Priority-Strings.html.
5347
Philippe Mathieu-Daudé69699f32020-05-14 15:15:47 +02005348 An example of use of this object is to control UEFI HTTPS Boot.
5349 The tls-cipher-suites object exposes the ordered list of permitted
5350 TLS cipher suites from the host side to the guest firmware, via
5351 fw_cfg. The list is represented as an array of IANA_TLS_CIPHER
5352 objects. The firmware uses the IANA_TLS_CIPHER array for configuring
5353 guest-side TLS.
5354
5355 In the following example, the priority at which the host-side policy
5356 is retrieved is given by the ``priority`` property.
5357 Given that QEMU uses GNUTLS, ``priority=@SYSTEM`` may be used to
5358 refer to /etc/crypto-policies/back-ends/gnutls.config.
5359
5360 .. parsed-literal::
5361
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005362 # |qemu_system| \\
5363 -object tls-cipher-suites,id=mysuite0,priority=@SYSTEM \\
Philippe Mathieu-Daudé69699f32020-05-14 15:15:47 +02005364 -fw_cfg name=etc/edk2/https/ciphers,gen_id=mysuite0
5365
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005366 ``-object filter-buffer,id=id,netdev=netdevid,interval=t[,queue=all|rx|tx][,status=on|off][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
5367 Interval t can't be 0, this filter batches the packet delivery:
5368 all packets arriving in a given interval on netdev netdevid are
5369 delayed until the end of the interval. Interval is in
5370 microseconds. ``status`` is optional that indicate whether the
5371 netfilter is on (enabled) or off (disabled), the default status
5372 for netfilter will be 'on'.
5373
5374 queue all\|rx\|tx is an option that can be applied to any
5375 netfilter.
5376
5377 ``all``: the filter is attached both to the receive and the
5378 transmit queue of the netdev (default).
5379
5380 ``rx``: the filter is attached to the receive queue of the
5381 netdev, where it will receive packets sent to the netdev.
5382
5383 ``tx``: the filter is attached to the transmit queue of the
5384 netdev, where it will receive packets sent by the netdev.
5385
5386 position head\|tail\|id=<id> is an option to specify where the
5387 filter should be inserted in the filter list. It can be applied
5388 to any netfilter.
5389
5390 ``head``: the filter is inserted at the head of the filter list,
5391 before any existing filters.
5392
5393 ``tail``: the filter is inserted at the tail of the filter list,
5394 behind any existing filters (default).
5395
5396 ``id=<id>``: the filter is inserted before or behind the filter
5397 specified by <id>, see the insert option below.
5398
5399 insert behind\|before is an option to specify where to insert
5400 the new filter relative to the one specified with
5401 position=id=<id>. It can be applied to any netfilter.
5402
5403 ``before``: insert before the specified filter.
5404
5405 ``behind``: insert behind the specified filter (default).
5406
5407 ``-object filter-mirror,id=id,netdev=netdevid,outdev=chardevid,queue=all|rx|tx[,vnet_hdr_support][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
5408 filter-mirror on netdev netdevid,mirror net packet to
5409 chardevchardevid, if it has the vnet\_hdr\_support flag,
5410 filter-mirror will mirror packet with vnet\_hdr\_len.
5411
5412 ``-object filter-redirector,id=id,netdev=netdevid,indev=chardevid,outdev=chardevid,queue=all|rx|tx[,vnet_hdr_support][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
5413 filter-redirector on netdev netdevid,redirect filter's net
5414 packet to chardev chardevid,and redirect indev's packet to
5415 filter.if it has the vnet\_hdr\_support flag, filter-redirector
5416 will redirect packet with vnet\_hdr\_len. Create a
5417 filter-redirector we need to differ outdev id from indev id, id
5418 can not be the same. we can just use indev or outdev, but at
5419 least one of indev or outdev need to be specified.
5420
5421 ``-object filter-rewriter,id=id,netdev=netdevid,queue=all|rx|tx,[vnet_hdr_support][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
5422 Filter-rewriter is a part of COLO project.It will rewrite tcp
5423 packet to secondary from primary to keep secondary tcp
5424 connection,and rewrite tcp packet to primary from secondary make
5425 tcp packet can be handled by client.if it has the
5426 vnet\_hdr\_support flag, we can parse packet with vnet header.
5427
5428 usage: colo secondary: -object
5429 filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0 -object
5430 filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1 -object
5431 filter-rewriter,id=rew0,netdev=hn0,queue=all
5432
5433 ``-object filter-dump,id=id,netdev=dev[,file=filename][,maxlen=len][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
5434 Dump the network traffic on netdev dev to the file specified by
5435 filename. At most len bytes (64k by default) per packet are
5436 stored. The file format is libpcap, so it can be analyzed with
5437 tools such as tcpdump or Wireshark.
5438
Zhang Chena2e5cb72020-06-24 09:20:41 +08005439 ``-object colo-compare,id=id,primary_in=chardevid,secondary_in=chardevid,outdev=chardevid,iothread=id[,vnet_hdr_support][,notify_dev=id][,compare_timeout=@var{ms}][,expired_scan_cycle=@var{ms}][,max_queue_size=@var{size}]``
Zhang Chen2b28a7e2020-06-24 09:20:42 +08005440 Colo-compare gets packet from primary\_in chardevid and
5441 secondary\_in, then compare whether the payload of primary packet
5442 and secondary packet are the same. If same, it will output
5443 primary packet to out\_dev, else it will notify COLO-framework to do
5444 checkpoint and send primary packet to out\_dev. In order to
5445 improve efficiency, we need to put the task of comparison in
5446 another iothread. If it has the vnet\_hdr\_support flag,
5447 colo compare will send/recv packet with vnet\_hdr\_len.
5448 The compare\_timeout=@var{ms} determines the maximum time of the
5449 colo-compare hold the packet. The expired\_scan\_cycle=@var{ms}
5450 is to set the period of scanning expired primary node network packets.
5451 The max\_queue\_size=@var{size} is to set the max compare queue
5452 size depend on user environment.
5453 If user want to use Xen COLO, need to add the notify\_dev to
Zhang Chen9cc43c92020-03-18 16:23:19 +08005454 notify Xen colo-frame to do checkpoint.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005455
Zhang Chen2b28a7e2020-06-24 09:20:42 +08005456 COLO-compare must be used with the help of filter-mirror,
5457 filter-redirector and filter-rewriter.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005458
5459 ::
5460
5461 KVM COLO
5462
5463 primary:
5464 -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,downscript=/etc/qemu-ifdown
5465 -device e1000,id=e0,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00005466 -chardev socket,id=mirror0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003,server=on,wait=off
5467 -chardev socket,id=compare1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004,server=on,wait=off
5468 -chardev socket,id=compare0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005469 -chardev socket,id=compare0-0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00005470 -chardev socket,id=compare_out,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005471 -chardev socket,id=compare_out0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005
5472 -object iothread,id=iothread1
5473 -object filter-mirror,id=m0,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,outdev=mirror0
5474 -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire0,queue=rx,indev=compare_out
5475 -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire1,queue=rx,outdev=compare0
5476 -object colo-compare,id=comp0,primary_in=compare0-0,secondary_in=compare1,outdev=compare_out0,iothread=iothread1
5477
5478 secondary:
5479 -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,down script=/etc/qemu-ifdown
5480 -device e1000,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
5481 -chardev socket,id=red0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003
5482 -chardev socket,id=red1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004
5483 -object filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0
5484 -object filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1
5485
5486
5487 Xen COLO
5488
5489 primary:
5490 -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,downscript=/etc/qemu-ifdown
5491 -device e1000,id=e0,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00005492 -chardev socket,id=mirror0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003,server=on,wait=off
5493 -chardev socket,id=compare1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004,server=on,wait=off
5494 -chardev socket,id=compare0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005495 -chardev socket,id=compare0-0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00005496 -chardev socket,id=compare_out,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005497 -chardev socket,id=compare_out0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00005498 -chardev socket,id=notify_way,host=3.3.3.3,port=9009,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005499 -object filter-mirror,id=m0,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,outdev=mirror0
5500 -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire0,queue=rx,indev=compare_out
5501 -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire1,queue=rx,outdev=compare0
5502 -object iothread,id=iothread1
5503 -object colo-compare,id=comp0,primary_in=compare0-0,secondary_in=compare1,outdev=compare_out0,notify_dev=nofity_way,iothread=iothread1
5504
5505 secondary:
5506 -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,down script=/etc/qemu-ifdown
5507 -device e1000,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
5508 -chardev socket,id=red0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003
5509 -chardev socket,id=red1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004
5510 -object filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0
5511 -object filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1
5512
5513 If you want to know the detail of above command line, you can
5514 read the colo-compare git log.
5515
5516 ``-object cryptodev-backend-builtin,id=id[,queues=queues]``
Stefan Weil1e458f12022-10-30 11:59:44 +01005517 Creates a cryptodev backend which executes crypto operations from
5518 the QEMU cipher APIs. The id parameter is a unique ID that will
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005519 be used to reference this cryptodev backend from the
5520 ``virtio-crypto`` device. The queues parameter is optional,
5521 which specify the queue number of cryptodev backend, the default
5522 of queues is 1.
5523
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005524 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005525
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005526 # |qemu_system| \\
5527 [...] \\
5528 -object cryptodev-backend-builtin,id=cryptodev0 \\
5529 -device virtio-crypto-pci,id=crypto0,cryptodev=cryptodev0 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005530 [...]
5531
5532 ``-object cryptodev-vhost-user,id=id,chardev=chardevid[,queues=queues]``
5533 Creates a vhost-user cryptodev backend, backed by a chardev
5534 chardevid. The id parameter is a unique ID that will be used to
5535 reference this cryptodev backend from the ``virtio-crypto``
5536 device. The chardev should be a unix domain socket backed one.
5537 The vhost-user uses a specifically defined protocol to pass
5538 vhost ioctl replacement messages to an application on the other
5539 end of the socket. The queues parameter is optional, which
5540 specify the queue number of cryptodev backend for multiqueue
5541 vhost-user, the default of queues is 1.
5542
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005543 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005544
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005545 # |qemu_system| \\
5546 [...] \\
5547 -chardev socket,id=chardev0,path=/path/to/socket \\
5548 -object cryptodev-vhost-user,id=cryptodev0,chardev=chardev0 \\
5549 -device virtio-crypto-pci,id=crypto0,cryptodev=cryptodev0 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005550 [...]
5551
5552 ``-object secret,id=id,data=string,format=raw|base64[,keyid=secretid,iv=string]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005553 \
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005554 ``-object secret,id=id,file=filename,format=raw|base64[,keyid=secretid,iv=string]``
5555 Defines a secret to store a password, encryption key, or some
5556 other sensitive data. The sensitive data can either be passed
5557 directly via the data parameter, or indirectly via the file
5558 parameter. Using the data parameter is insecure unless the
5559 sensitive data is encrypted.
5560
5561 The sensitive data can be provided in raw format (the default),
5562 or base64. When encoded as JSON, the raw format only supports
5563 valid UTF-8 characters, so base64 is recommended for sending
5564 binary data. QEMU will convert from which ever format is
5565 provided to the format it needs internally. eg, an RBD password
5566 can be provided in raw format, even though it will be base64
5567 encoded when passed onto the RBD sever.
5568
5569 For added protection, it is possible to encrypt the data
5570 associated with a secret using the AES-256-CBC cipher. Use of
5571 encryption is indicated by providing the keyid and iv
5572 parameters. The keyid parameter provides the ID of a previously
5573 defined secret that contains the AES-256 decryption key. This
5574 key should be 32-bytes long and be base64 encoded. The iv
5575 parameter provides the random initialization vector used for
5576 encryption of this particular secret and should be a base64
5577 encrypted string of the 16-byte IV.
5578
5579 The simplest (insecure) usage is to provide the secret inline
5580
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005581 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005582
5583 # |qemu_system| -object secret,id=sec0,data=letmein,format=raw
5584
5585 The simplest secure usage is to provide the secret via a file
5586
5587 # printf "letmein" > mypasswd.txt # QEMU\_SYSTEM\_MACRO -object
5588 secret,id=sec0,file=mypasswd.txt,format=raw
5589
5590 For greater security, AES-256-CBC should be used. To illustrate
5591 usage, consider the openssl command line tool which can encrypt
5592 the data. Note that when encrypting, the plaintext must be
5593 padded to the cipher block size (32 bytes) using the standard
5594 PKCS#5/6 compatible padding algorithm.
5595
5596 First a master key needs to be created in base64 encoding:
5597
5598 ::
5599
5600 # openssl rand -base64 32 > key.b64
5601 # KEY=$(base64 -d key.b64 | hexdump -v -e '/1 "%02X"')
5602
5603 Each secret to be encrypted needs to have a random
5604 initialization vector generated. These do not need to be kept
5605 secret
5606
5607 ::
5608
5609 # openssl rand -base64 16 > iv.b64
5610 # IV=$(base64 -d iv.b64 | hexdump -v -e '/1 "%02X"')
5611
5612 The secret to be defined can now be encrypted, in this case
5613 we're telling openssl to base64 encode the result, but it could
5614 be left as raw bytes if desired.
5615
5616 ::
5617
5618 # SECRET=$(printf "letmein" |
5619 openssl enc -aes-256-cbc -a -K $KEY -iv $IV)
5620
5621 When launching QEMU, create a master secret pointing to
5622 ``key.b64`` and specify that to be used to decrypt the user
5623 password. Pass the contents of ``iv.b64`` to the second secret
5624
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005625 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005626
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005627 # |qemu_system| \\
5628 -object secret,id=secmaster0,format=base64,file=key.b64 \\
5629 -object secret,id=sec0,keyid=secmaster0,format=base64,\\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005630 data=$SECRET,iv=$(<iv.b64)
5631
Dov Murik55cdf562021-11-11 10:00:43 +00005632 ``-object sev-guest,id=id,cbitpos=cbitpos,reduced-phys-bits=val,[sev-device=string,policy=policy,handle=handle,dh-cert-file=file,session-file=file,kernel-hashes=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005633 Create a Secure Encrypted Virtualization (SEV) guest object,
5634 which can be used to provide the guest memory encryption support
5635 on AMD processors.
5636
5637 When memory encryption is enabled, one of the physical address
5638 bit (aka the C-bit) is utilized to mark if a memory page is
5639 protected. The ``cbitpos`` is used to provide the C-bit
5640 position. The C-bit position is Host family dependent hence user
5641 must provide this value. On EPYC, the value should be 47.
5642
5643 When memory encryption is enabled, we loose certain bits in
5644 physical address space. The ``reduced-phys-bits`` is used to
5645 provide the number of bits we loose in physical address space.
5646 Similar to C-bit, the value is Host family dependent. On EPYC,
Tom Lendacky326e3012022-09-30 10:14:28 -05005647 a guest will lose a maximum of 1 bit, so the value should be 1.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005648
5649 The ``sev-device`` provides the device file to use for
5650 communicating with the SEV firmware running inside AMD Secure
5651 Processor. The default device is '/dev/sev'. If hardware
5652 supports memory encryption then /dev/sev devices are created by
5653 CCP driver.
5654
5655 The ``policy`` provides the guest policy to be enforced by the
5656 SEV firmware and restrict what configuration and operational
5657 commands can be performed on this guest by the hypervisor. The
5658 policy should be provided by the guest owner and is bound to the
5659 guest and cannot be changed throughout the lifetime of the
5660 guest. The default is 0.
5661
5662 If guest ``policy`` allows sharing the key with another SEV
5663 guest then ``handle`` can be use to provide handle of the guest
5664 from which to share the key.
5665
5666 The ``dh-cert-file`` and ``session-file`` provides the guest
5667 owner's Public Diffie-Hillman key defined in SEV spec. The PDH
5668 and session parameters are used for establishing a cryptographic
5669 session with the guest owner to negotiate keys used for
5670 attestation. The file must be encoded in base64.
5671
Dov Murik55cdf562021-11-11 10:00:43 +00005672 The ``kernel-hashes`` adds the hashes of given kernel/initrd/
5673 cmdline to a designated guest firmware page for measured Linux
5674 boot with -kernel. The default is off. (Since 6.2)
5675
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005676 e.g to launch a SEV guest
5677
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005678 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005679
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005680 # |qemu_system_x86| \\
5681 ...... \\
Tom Lendacky326e3012022-09-30 10:14:28 -05005682 -object sev-guest,id=sev0,cbitpos=47,reduced-phys-bits=1 \\
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005683 -machine ...,memory-encryption=sev0 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005684 .....
5685
5686 ``-object authz-simple,id=id,identity=string``
5687 Create an authorization object that will control access to
5688 network services.
5689
5690 The ``identity`` parameter is identifies the user and its format
5691 depends on the network service that authorization object is
5692 associated with. For authorizing based on TLS x509 certificates,
5693 the identity must be the x509 distinguished name. Note that care
5694 must be taken to escape any commas in the distinguished name.
5695
5696 An example authorization object to validate a x509 distinguished
5697 name would look like:
5698
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005699 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005700
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005701 # |qemu_system| \\
5702 ... \\
5703 -object 'authz-simple,id=auth0,identity=CN=laptop.example.com,,O=Example Org,,L=London,,ST=London,,C=GB' \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005704 ...
5705
5706 Note the use of quotes due to the x509 distinguished name
5707 containing whitespace, and escaping of ','.
5708
Daniel P. Berrangé4d7beea2020-11-04 13:57:21 +00005709 ``-object authz-listfile,id=id,filename=path,refresh=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005710 Create an authorization object that will control access to
5711 network services.
5712
5713 The ``filename`` parameter is the fully qualified path to a file
5714 containing the access control list rules in JSON format.
5715
5716 An example set of rules that match against SASL usernames might
5717 look like:
5718
5719 ::
5720
5721 {
5722 "rules": [
5723 { "match": "fred", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" },
5724 { "match": "bob", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" },
5725 { "match": "danb", "policy": "deny", "format": "glob" },
5726 { "match": "dan*", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" },
5727 ],
5728 "policy": "deny"
5729 }
5730
5731 When checking access the object will iterate over all the rules
5732 and the first rule to match will have its ``policy`` value
5733 returned as the result. If no rules match, then the default
5734 ``policy`` value is returned.
5735
5736 The rules can either be an exact string match, or they can use
5737 the simple UNIX glob pattern matching to allow wildcards to be
5738 used.
5739
5740 If ``refresh`` is set to true the file will be monitored and
5741 automatically reloaded whenever its content changes.
5742
5743 As with the ``authz-simple`` object, the format of the identity
5744 strings being matched depends on the network service, but is
5745 usually a TLS x509 distinguished name, or a SASL username.
5746
5747 An example authorization object to validate a SASL username
5748 would look like:
5749
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005750 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005751
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005752 # |qemu_system| \\
5753 ... \\
Daniel P. Berrangé4d7beea2020-11-04 13:57:21 +00005754 -object authz-simple,id=auth0,filename=/etc/qemu/vnc-sasl.acl,refresh=on \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005755 ...
5756
5757 ``-object authz-pam,id=id,service=string``
5758 Create an authorization object that will control access to
5759 network services.
5760
5761 The ``service`` parameter provides the name of a PAM service to
5762 use for authorization. It requires that a file
5763 ``/etc/pam.d/service`` exist to provide the configuration for
5764 the ``account`` subsystem.
5765
5766 An example authorization object to validate a TLS x509
5767 distinguished name would look like:
5768
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005769 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005770
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005771 # |qemu_system| \\
5772 ... \\
5773 -object authz-pam,id=auth0,service=qemu-vnc \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005774 ...
5775
5776 There would then be a corresponding config file for PAM at
5777 ``/etc/pam.d/qemu-vnc`` that contains:
5778
5779 ::
5780
5781 account requisite pam_listfile.so item=user sense=allow \
5782 file=/etc/qemu/vnc.allow
5783
5784 Finally the ``/etc/qemu/vnc.allow`` file would contain the list
Stefan Weil1e458f12022-10-30 11:59:44 +01005785 of x509 distinguished names that are permitted access
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005786
5787 ::
5788
5789 CN=laptop.example.com,O=Example Home,L=London,ST=London,C=GB
5790
Stefano Garzarella1793ad02021-07-21 11:42:10 +02005791 ``-object iothread,id=id,poll-max-ns=poll-max-ns,poll-grow=poll-grow,poll-shrink=poll-shrink,aio-max-batch=aio-max-batch``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005792 Creates a dedicated event loop thread that devices can be
5793 assigned to. This is known as an IOThread. By default device
5794 emulation happens in vCPU threads or the main event loop thread.
5795 This can become a scalability bottleneck. IOThreads allow device
5796 emulation and I/O to run on other host CPUs.
5797
5798 The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID that will be used to
5799 reference this IOThread from ``-device ...,iothread=id``.
5800 Multiple devices can be assigned to an IOThread. Note that not
5801 all devices support an ``iothread`` parameter.
5802
5803 The ``query-iothreads`` QMP command lists IOThreads and reports
5804 their thread IDs so that the user can configure host CPU
5805 pinning/affinity.
5806
5807 IOThreads use an adaptive polling algorithm to reduce event loop
5808 latency. Instead of entering a blocking system call to monitor
5809 file descriptors and then pay the cost of being woken up when an
5810 event occurs, the polling algorithm spins waiting for events for
5811 a short time. The algorithm's default parameters are suitable
5812 for many cases but can be adjusted based on knowledge of the
5813 workload and/or host device latency.
5814
5815 The ``poll-max-ns`` parameter is the maximum number of
5816 nanoseconds to busy wait for events. Polling can be disabled by
5817 setting this value to 0.
5818
5819 The ``poll-grow`` parameter is the multiplier used to increase
5820 the polling time when the algorithm detects it is missing events
5821 due to not polling long enough.
5822
5823 The ``poll-shrink`` parameter is the divisor used to decrease
5824 the polling time when the algorithm detects it is spending too
5825 long polling without encountering events.
5826
Stefano Garzarella1793ad02021-07-21 11:42:10 +02005827 The ``aio-max-batch`` parameter is the maximum number of requests
5828 in a batch for the AIO engine, 0 means that the engine will use
5829 its default.
5830
5831 The IOThread parameters can be modified at run-time using the
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005832 ``qom-set`` command (where ``iothread1`` is the IOThread's
5833 ``id``):
5834
5835 ::
5836
5837 (qemu) qom-set /objects/iothread1 poll-max-ns 100000
5838ERST
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01005839
5840
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01005841HXCOMM This is the last statement. Insert new options before this line!
Paolo Bonzinifd5fc4b2021-05-17 07:34:21 -04005842
5843#undef DEF
5844#undef DEFHEADING
5845#undef ARCHHEADING